HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT....

187
Introduction INTRODUCTION DEAR OWNER, THANK YOU FOR DECIDING TO BUY ONE OF OUR NEW CARAVANS. WE ARE SURE YOU WILL ENJOY MANY HAPPY HOURS IN IT AND WE HOPE THE INFORMATION AND HINTS IN THIS HANDBOOK WILL HEIGHTEN YOUR ENJOYMENT. THE HANDBOOK HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO GIVE YOU A GENERAL GUIDE TO THE CARE, USE AND MAINTENANCE OF YOUR CARAVAN. WHETHER YOU ARE A NEW OR AN EXPERIENCED CARAVANNER THE HINTS WILL HELP TO PROTECT YOUR INVESTMENT. THE INFORMATION CONTAINED WILL ANSWER MOST OF YOUR QUERIES, BUT IF THERE ARE ANY ASPECTS WHICH ARE NOT COVERED PLEASE CONSULT YOUR APPOINTED DEALER. HAPPY CARAVANNING!

Transcript of HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT....

Page 1: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Introduction

INTRODUCTIONDEAR OWNER,

THANK YOU FOR DECIDING TO BUY ONEOF OUR NEW CARAVANS. WE ARE SUREYOU WILL ENJOY MANY HAPPY HOURSIN IT AND WE HOPE THE INFORMATIONAND HINTS IN THIS HANDBOOK WILLHEIGHTEN YOUR ENJOYMENT.

THE HANDBOOK HAS BEEN DESIGNEDTO GIVE YOU A GENERAL GUIDE TO THECARE, USE AND MAINTENANCE OF YOURCARAVAN. WHETHER YOU ARE A NEW ORAN EXPERIENCED CARAVANNER THEHINTS WILL HELP TO PROTECT YOURINVESTMENT.

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED WILLANSWER MOST OF YOUR QUERIES, BUTIF THERE ARE ANY ASPECTS WHICH ARENOT COVERED PLEASE CONSULT YOURAPPOINTED DEALER.

HAPPY CARAVANNING!

Page 2: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

CONTENTS

Warranty Information

The Towing Code

Safety and Security

Services

Electrical Equipment

Fitted Equipment

Maintenance

General Data

Page 3: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

WARRANTYINFORMATION

Warranty and guarantee cover ................................................ 26 year body shell integrity guarantee...................................... 23 year supersure manufacturer’s guarantee .......................... 2General terms and conditions ................................................. 3What to do if you require assistance ...................................... 5Annual service/inspection record............................................ 6Annual service/inspection record stamps .............................. 7

Page 4: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

2

All the illustrations and descriptive matter inthis handbook are intended to give ageneral idea of the caravan. Changingmarket and supply situations and our policyof continuous product development mayprevent us from maintaining the exactspecifications detailed in this handbook. We therefore reserve the right to alterspecifications as materials and conditionsdemand.

Dealers are not agents of Swift GroupLimited, the manufacturer of Swift Groupcaravans, and have absolutely no authorityto bind the manufacturer by any express orimplied undertaking or representation.

WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE COVER

All Swift Group caravans have a 6 yearbody shell integrity guarantee and a 3 yearSuperSure manufacturer's warranty fromthe date of purchase (or hire purchase),which are subject to a chargeable annualservice, inspection and moisture survey(“Annual Service”) being carried out at anauthorised Swift Group Service Centre.Original VAT invoices must be retained asproof of Annual Services being carried out.

In the unusual event that a fault developsand you need to claim under this Warrantyand Guarantee, your first contact shouldnormally be made through the dealer fromwhom the caravan was purchased.

In certain circumstances, arrangements canbe made to have the claim dealt with by adifferent authorised Swift Group ServiceCentre – see final paragraph below fordetails. It is the responsibility of thePurchaser to deliver the caravan to andcollect the caravan from the Service Centrefor all warranty work.

During the warranty period, subject to theexclusions set out in this section of thehandbook and provided the warranty claimis authorised by the manufacturer, SwiftGroup Limited, the authorised Swift GroupService Centre will repair (or at the option ofthe manufacturer, replace) all defectiveparts of the caravan at the expense of themanufacturer. Swift Group Ltd reserves theright to examine the caravan prior tocommencement of repairs or replacementof parts.

6 YEAR BODY SHELL INTEGRITYGUARANTEE (“GUARANTEE”)

The Guarantee extends to thefollowing items:-

Body leaks and delamination: water ingressthrough any permanently sealed seamjoints or delamination of panels and floor,being part of the original manufacturer’sconstruction.

The manufacturer will honour the Guaranteefor 72 months from the date of purchase,

provided that the caravan has had an AnnualService, within 90 days before or 60 days aftereach anniversary of the original date ofpurchase (or hire purchase). The sixth AnnualService must, however, be carried out beforethe expiry of the 72 month period from theoriginal date of purchase (or hire purchase).

Specific exclusions from the Guarantee:-

Seams and panels requiring repair must bepart of the original construction of the caravanand must not have been tampered with orrepaired otherwise than by Swift Group Ltd oran authorised Swift Group Service Centre.

Also see general terms and conditions.

3 YEAR SUPERSURE MANUFACTURER'SWARRANTY (“WARRANTY”)

The manufacturer will honour the Warranty for36 months from the date of purchase (or hirepurchase), provided that the caravan had anAnnual Service within 90 days before or 60days after each anniversary of the original dateof purchase (or hire purchase).The third Annual Service must, however, becarried out before the expiry of the 36 monthperiod from the original date of purchase(or hire purchase).

Warranty

Page 5: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Warranty

3

In the first 12 months the Warranty willcover:-

Faults arising from a manufacturing defect butnot those which are a result of normal wearand tear or those which relate to replacementlight bulbs.

Also not covered under the first year are faultsresulting from accidental damage or damagecaused by misuse of any component part ofthe caravan.

In the years two and three the Warrantywill cover:-

1. All original components of the caravanincluding permanently fitted equipmentforming part of the manufacturer'soriginal specification.

2. Water ingress and body delamination.

Specific exclusions from the Warrantyduring years two and three:-

• Glass including heat shields,sink lids, mirrors.

• Paintwork including all exterior paint,heat shields, heater cases and all otherpainted surfaces.

• Decals, mirror transfers, resin badges.

• GRP/ABS A frame covers, wheel spatsand skirts.

• Soft furnishings including upholstery,curtains, pelmets.

• Carpets, lino and floor coveringsincluding door mats, shower mats.

• Work surfaces, tables, and flaps.

• Wallboards, ceiling boards and all otherinterior décor finishes.

• Window catches, stays andassociated fittings.

• Blinds and flyscreens including door,Heki and other rooflights.

• All hinges, catches, knobs, stays andhandles (interior and exterior).

• Replacement of bulbs, fluorescent tubes,fuses and electrical connectionsincluding 12n, 12s and 13 pin plugs, highlevel brake lights and bulb contacts.

• Audio equipment including radios,televisions, speakers, aerials andassociated parts.

• Corner steadies.

• Fair wear and tear, accidental damage orany damage caused by the misuse of anycomponent fitted by the manufacturer.

• Microwave.

Specific exclusions from the Warrantyduring third year:-

• Truma Heater.

• Glen Dimplex cooking appliances.

• Routine maintenance items which arepart of the Annual Service includingbrake shoes, one shot nuts, lubricants,AKS pads, rubber gas hose, thecleaning of the heater and fridge flues,the replacement of gas jets, theresealing and/or replacement of showerroom sealant, and the adjustment andlubrication of locks.

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

Provided that the caravan is used only forits ordinary and intended purpose and hasnot been subject to any treatment orconditions which could not be reasonablyforeseen by Swift Group Ltd, the Warrantyand Guarantee will be honoured subject tothe following General Terms and Conditionswhich apply to all three years of theWarranty period and all six years of theGuarantee period. The caravan is notcovered for:-

• The failure of a component for reasonsof fair wear and tear.

• Damage resulting from accidents.

• Damage resulting from freezing,over-heating or fire.

• Misuse or abuse of the caravan orof any component.

• Tyres, wheels and jockey wheels

• Cosmetic finishes to kitchen sinks,cooker tops, vanity units, shower trays.

Page 6: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Warranty• Normal deterioration, corrosion, intrusion of

foreign or harmful bodies, lack of servicingor negligence of any person other than theSwift Group Limited which causesstoppage of or impairment to the functionof any component of the caravan.

• Replacement of parts which have reachedthe end of their effective working lifebecause of age and/or usage.

• Cleaning or adjustment of any assemblies.

• Towing other than by private cars or 4x4vehicles used in place of cars.

• The cost of transporting, towing ormoving the caravan by any means(or consequential costs relating totransportation), to or from the placeof repair, which is the responsibility ofthe owner.

The Warranty and the Guarantee will beinvalidated if the caravan has been neglected,misused, modified, used for hire or reward orany commercial use, or has been used incompetitive events. The caravan will bedeemed to have been neglected if it has nothad an Annual Service or has otherwise notbeen serviced and maintained as required bythis handbook.

The Warranty and the Guarantee only applyto caravans purchased and used within theUK, and for continuous journeys abroad ofno longer than 90 days per journey.

If any repairs are identified as beingnecessary during an Annual Service, thecaravan must be made available to anauthorised Swift Group Service Centrewithin 6 weeks for the work to be carriedout. All new caravans must be registeredwith the Swift Group Ltd within 6 weeks ofpurchase as new.

The benefit of this Warranty and Guaranteemay be transferred to a new owner if thecaravan is sold, provided that the caravanhas been serviced by an authorised SwiftGroup Service Centre in accordance withthe requirements of this handbook, anddetails of the change of ownership havebeen supplied to Swift Group Ltd using thechange of ownership form set out in thishandbook. Failure to notify Swift Group Ltdof a change of ownership within 30 days ofsuch a change will invalidate the Warrantyand Guarantee.

You have legal rights under UK lawgoverning the sale of consumer goods.This Warranty and Guarantee does notaffect your legal rights.

The name and address of the warranty andGuarantee provider is:-

Swift Group Limited, Dunswell Road, Cottingham, East Yorkshire, HU16 4JX.

To make a claim under this Warranty orGuarantee, contact the Swift Group ServiceCentre which supplied your caravan.

Alternatively, details of your nearestauthorised Swift Group Service Centre can be obtained by contacting the Swift GroupCustomer Care Department on 01482875740 or enquiring on our web site:www.swiftleisure.co.uk

4

Page 7: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

5

Assistance

WHAT TO DO IF YOU REQUIRE ASSISTANCECongratulations on purchasing your new caravan. We are confident that you will enjoymany happy holidays. However, should you have an enquiry or require assistance with aproblem, we hope that this guide will be of assistance to you.

If you have a problem, or enquiry with regards to your new caravan, please followthese steps:

1. Check the Owners Handbook, paying particular attention to the fault finding advice atthe back of the book.

2. Contact your supplying dealer for assistance.

If you need to contact the Swift Group, please be aware of the following:

1. When contacting Swift Supercare, please quote your name, postcode and serial numberof your caravan.

2. In most instances, the Customer Care Team will involve your dealer in resolving the issueyou are experiencing.

3. If you are contacting the company by email, letter or fax, the Customer Care Team willrespond to you within five working days from the date of receiving the correspondence.

4. If you are calling the Customer Care Team, please avoid where possible, Mondays andlunch times.

5. Please be aware that the Swift Group cannot send parts direct from the factory. In allcases, without exception, your dealer must place the order for you.

Page 8: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

TOURING CARAVANS - ANNUAL SERVICE/INSPECTION RECORDIn order to comply with the warranty, you must have your caravan inspected and servicedby an authorised Swift Group Service Centre at least once per year.

It is important that the Owner’s Handbook is stamped on the appropriate page by theauthorised Swift Group Service Centre. Failure to do this will invalidate the warranty and thetransfer of the warranty on the change of ownership.

The inspection should take approximately two to four hours and will cover the areas dealtwith in the annual service check list. Any areas requiring service and/or maintenance will behighlighted by your dealer and we recommend that you authorise any necessary work to becarried out.

NB. It is essential, to validate the warranty, that an annual inspection be carried out by anauthorised Swift Group Service Centre covering the items listed.

1. Damp and lamination test.2. Coupling head and breakaway cable.3. Jockey wheel.4. Chassis and chassis to body security.5. Corner steadies.6. Folding step (if fitted).7. Tyres and tyre pressures.8. Torque wheel nuts.9. Brake rods and linkages.

10. Hub bearings, brakes and brake shoes.11. Handbrake operation and

performance.12. Suspension and shock absorbers

(if fitted).13. 12N and 12S 7-pin or 13 pin plugs

and cables.14. Road lights, wiring and reflectors.15. Internal lights and 12V DC system.

16. Water heater - gas and 230V AC (if fitted).

17. Hob, grill and oven (if fitted).18. Refrigerator 230V AC, 12V DC

and gas.19. Gas system.20. Water pump, taps and water system.21. Mains 230V AC system.22. Windows and fittings.23. Smoke alarm and battery.24. Roof lights.25. Furniture hinges/stays etc.26. Exterior locks and hinges.27. Grab handle security.28. All internal vents.29. Oil seals.30. Blinds and fly screens (if fitted).

6

Assistance

Page 9: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

7

Service/Inspection

ANNUAL SERVICE/INSPECTION RECORD

CARAVAN MODEL YEAR

CHASSIS NUMBER

1st SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

2nd SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

3rd SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

4th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

Page 10: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

8

5th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

6th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

7th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

8th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

9th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

10th SERVICE

DATE:

DEALER’S STAMP

We certify that an annual service has been carried out inaccordance with the handbook.

Page 11: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

THETOWING

CODE

The Caravan Towing Code .................................................... 12Scope of the Code ............................................................... 12

Caravan Terms ........................................................................ 12Weights ................................................................................ 12

Towing Vehicle Terms ............................................................ 13Weights ................................................................................ 13

Measurement of Noseweight ................................................ 15Type of Driving Licence Held ..................................................15Glossary & Checklist .............................................................. 15Preparing for the Road .......................................................... 17

Checklist .............................................................................. 18Loading & Distribution ......................................................... 18Stability ................................................................................ 19Tyres ..................................................................................... 20Pre-tow Checklist ................................................................. 22

Moving Off ............................................................................... 28Reversing ................................................................................ 29Speed Limits ........................................................................... 29Caravan Handling ................................................................... 29Motorway Driving ................................................................... 29Changing a Wheel .................................................................. 30Jacking Points ........................................................................ 31Stopping on a Hill ................................................................... 31Arrival on Site ......................................................................... 31

Page 12: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

THE CARAVAN TOWING CODEThis Code of Practice containsrecommendations jointly reviewed andagreed by the following organisations:

The National Caravan CouncilThe Caravan ClubThe Camping and Caravanning ClubThe Caravan Writers GuildThe Department for Transport

Scope of the CodeThe Code applies to all trailer caravans ofmaximum laden weight not exceeding 3500 kg (7,700 lbs), overall width notexceeding 2.3m (7ft 6in approximately) andoverall length not exceeding 7m (23ftapproximately), excluding the drawbar andcoupling.

This is legally the maximum size of trailerthat can be towed by a motor vehicle with amaximum gross weight of less than 3500 kg.

CARAVAN TERMSMass in Running Order: The mass of the caravan as stated by thecaravan manufacturer, as new with standardfixtures and fittings.

Note: Because of differences in the weightof materials supplied for the construction ofcaravans, a tolerance has been allowed forin the Mass in Running Order weight.

Maximum User Payload:The maximum allowable weight to be putinto the caravan whilst it is being towed. Thisis made up of 3 sections:

Personal effects, optional equipment andessential habitation equipment.

The user payload is the difference betweenthe Maximum Technically Permissible LadenMass and the Mass in Running Order.

Essential Habitation Equipment:Those items and fluids required for safe andproper functioning of the equipment forhabitation as defined by manufacturer of thecaravan.

Personal Effects:Those items which a user can choose tocarry in a caravan and which are notincluded as Essential Habitation Equipmentor Optional equipment.

Optional Equipment:Items made available by the manufacturerover and above the standard specification ofthe caravan.

Maximum Technically Permissible LadenMass:The maximum weight for which the caravanis designed for normal use when beingtowed on a road, laden. This mass takes intoaccount specific operating conditionsincluding factors such as the strength ofmaterials, loading capacity of tyres etc.

WARNING: Under no circumstancesshould the maximum technicallypermissible laden mass of this caravanbe exceeded.

Upgrading of maximum technicallypermissible laden mass:The standard/declared MTPLM quoted in thespecification handbook and on new caravanweightplates maybe of lower value than themaximum possible. If extra user payload isrequired, an upgrade maybe available (modeldependant), this must be requested via yourdealer.

If required you will be issued with thefollowing:

(i) New weightplate giving upgradeweight detail

(ii) New NCC Certificate (declaring theupgraded MTPLM

(iii) Manufacturers letter confirmingthe upgrade for that VehicleIdentification Number

Note: Tyre pressures may increasewhen upgrading

Nose weight:That part of the static mass of the caravansupported by the towing device on the rearof the towing vehicle.

12

Page 13: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

Notes:(i) When measuring the noseweight it is

important that the caravan is fully loaded. Do not place extra items indiscriminately into the caravan after this adjustment has been made.

(ii) The caravan is intended to be towed slightly nose heavy. The nose weight can be adjusted by distribution of the load within the caravan. The nose weight should be approximately 7% of the actual laden weight (but not greater than the hitch capacity) and at the same time suit the towing vehicle. See section on Measurement of Nose Weight.

(iii) It is not recommended that you tow with just a battery, spare wheel and gas bottles as this may exceed the the permitted nose weight. Additional payload must be placed behind the axle to compensate for this.

TOWING VEHICLE TERMSKerb weight (Mass of Vehicle in RunningOrder):The weight of the towing vehicle as definedby the vehicle manufacturer. This is normallywith a full tank of fuel, with an adequatesupply of liquids incidental to the vehiclespropulsion, without driver or passengers,

without any load except loose tools andequipment with which the vehicle is normallyprovided and without any towing bracket.

Caravan to Towing Vehicle Weight Ratio:The towing vehicle to caravan weight ratiocan be determined by calculation and isequal to:

actual laden weight of caravanx 100%

Kerb weight of towing vehicle

THE LAW REQUIRES THAT CARAVANS &THEIR TOWING VEHICLES & THE LOADSTHEY CARRY MUST BE IN SUCH ACONDITION THAT NO DANGER ORNUISANCE IS CAUSED.

(Regulation 100 of the Road and Vehicles[Construction and Use] Regulations 1986).

Power to weight ratio:No hard and fast rules can be stated but,here is a general guide.

(a) Conventional petrol engines with a capacity up to approximately 1500 cc should be adequate for towing a caravan weighing around 85% of the kerb weight of the towing vehicle.

(b) Above 1500 cc such engines should manage a caravan weighing up to 100% of the kerb weight of the towing vehicle and still give adequate performance.

13

Fig. A Car/Caravan Weight Ratios

YES NO

MAYBE

85%

EQUAL

Page 14: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing CodeNote: The towing vehicle manufacturer’s limitis, in some cases, less than the kerb weight.

Vehicles with automatic transmission mayneed an oil cooler fitting or the SAE rating ofthe gearbox oil increasing when towing. Theadvice of the vehicle manufacturer should besought.

Mass in Running Order:Caravanners can use a public weighbridge toestablish the mass in running order.

Note: Weighbridges have varying weighttolerance levels.

Maximum Permissible Towing Mass:The weight defined by the vehiclemanufacturer as being the maximum that the vehicle is designed to tow.

Train Weight (Combination Weight):The maximum combined weight of thetowing vehicle and trailer combination asspecified by the towing vehicle manufacturer.

14

Page 15: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Always lower jockey wheel before enteringthe caravan and then raise before measuringagain. (See Loading).

Note: The height of the towball on thetowing vehicle, when laden, is also critical.

WARNING: Do not lift the coupling headby hand when hitching the caravan tothe car. Always raise and lower thecoupling head by winding the handle onthe jockey wheel up and down.

TYPE OF DRIVING LICENCEHELDIn order to be able to tow a caravan a drivermust hold a Category B licence. Those cardrivers who passed their tests prior to 1January 1997 would have automaticallyobtained Category B+E. However, anyonewho passed their test after 1 january 1997will need to take a further test in order toobtain a Category B+E if they wish to tow acar and caravan combination whose trainweight exceeds 3,500kg, or up to 4,250 ifthe caravan is less than 750kg or if thecaravan’s Maximum Technically PermissibleLaden Mass exceeds the unladen weight ofthe car.

Note: The unladen weight of a car isnormally less than the kerbside weight.

GLOSSARY & CHECKLISTAwnings - Can consist of just a simple topsheet but may extend to a five sided frametent attached to the side of the caravan.

Fire blanket - approved to BS 6575 is idealfor dealing with ‘fat pan’ fires.

Fire extinguisher - It is stronglyrecommended that a fire extinguisher iscarried in the caravan. (For suitable typessee Safety and Security).

Gas bottles - Bottled L.P. gas is the mostconvenient portable source of fuel. Twobottles are required for a constant supply.An initial deposit is payable on each cylinder.We recommend the use of 5kg or 6kgPropane or 7kg Butane bottles. One positionfor use and one for storage only. (Fordetailed information see Services - Gas).

Jack - A suitable jack is essential (screw,scissor, side mounted or air jack type). Manycar jacks are unsuitable.

Levellers - Levellers help level the caravanfrom side to side before unhitching.Proprietary products can be purchased fromyour caravan dealer and need to bepositioned as indicated by a spirit level.

Spare Wheel - It is always advisable to carrya spare wheel with your caravan.

MEASUREMENT OF NOSEWEIGHTNoseweight may be measured using apropriety brand of noseweight indicator.

Such equipment is obtainable at yourCaravan Dealer.

Note: These indicators have a varyingtolerance level.

Another simple method is to use bathroomscales under the coupling head with a pieceof wood, fitted between the coupling headand the scales, of such length that thecaravan floor is horizontal with the jockeywheel raised clear of the ground. (Fig. A)

Noseweight can be adjusted simply bydistribution of weights in the caravan.

15

430mm35mm

Fig. A Measuring Noseweight

+-

The Towing Code

Page 16: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

16

Spirit Level -A spirit level is extremely usefulwhen siting the caravan.

Stabiliser -Stabilisers help to dampen theside to side movement of the caravan. Oneend fits to the car’s towing bracket and theother end to the caravan. (See Stability)

Torque Wrench - A torque wrench is theonly way that the exact recommendedtorque can be achieved for wheel nuts andbolts. (See Preparing for the Road).

Towing Bracket - Never use cheapalternatives, obtain one manufactured by areputable company complying with therelevant standards.

Any light passenger vehicle registered in theUK on or after August 1st 1998 (S registeredplate) will require a type approved towbarand towball (to 94/20/EC). Failure to fit ahomologated towbar and towball couldresult in a prosecution and invalidation ofyour insurance cover. Always check withyour car manufacturer or towbarmanufacturer if in doubt.

Wooden Blocks - Wooden blocks typically25cm. square and 2cm. thick are ideal forplacing under corner steadies and jockeywheel when the ground is uneven or soft.

Water Containers - Two containers arerequired, one to carry fresh water to thecaravan and one for waste water, whichneeds to be disposed of properly. Several

types are available including jerry cans,folding cans and wheeled containers.

12N & 12S Sockets - Two socketsdesignated 12N and 12S are fitted to yourcar to accept corresponding plugs from thecaravan. These are necessary to energisethe road lights and caravan auxiliary circuitsrespectively.

13 Pin Sockets (alternative to 12N & 12S) -One socket fitted to the car this energise theRoad lights and caravan auxiliary circuits.

12 Volt Battery - A deep cycling, heavy dutyrechargeable leisure type battery should bepurchased to provide back-up power forlights and other electrical appliances. (SeeBattery). The securing arrangements for thebattery compartment require a leisure batterycomplying with EN 60095-2 in particularthose with ledges for fastening to the loweredge of the long sides and having amaximum height of 190mm and width of175mm.

WARNING: Your caravan dealer should be consulted if additional equipment is to be fitted as strong points may or may not be provided in the design.

Note: Fitting additional equipment willreduce the caravan allowable payload.

Page 17: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

17

Useful memory aid for other items.

CarDistilled waterExternal mirrorsFan beltFire extinguisherJackJump leadsPetrol canSocket setSpare bulbsSpare keysSpare wheelTool kitTowball coverTow ropeTyre pressure gaugeWarning triangleTyre Pump

CaravanAwning pegs and polesAwning ground sheetBattery 12 volt chargerBucketCorner steady braceCorner steady padsCoupling lockDoor matFire blanketFire extinguisherFresh water containerGas cylinder

Gas regulatorJackLevelling boardsMalletSite/caravan mains leadSpare bulbs

(Mandatory in E.C.)Spare 12v fusesSpare gas hoseSpare wheelSpirit levelToilet fluidWaste water containerWheel brace

PersonalAfter sun creamFirst Aid KitFlannelsHairbrush and combMake up. etc.RaincoatsToothbrushToothpasteScissorsShampooShaving kitShoe cleaning kitSoapSun tan oilWellington boots

DomesticAdhesive tapeAir freshenerAluminium foilAshtraysBin linersBinocularsBottle openerBreadboardBreadbinBrush and dustpanButter dishCamera and filmsCarving knifeCassette recorderChairsClockClothes brushClothes lineCoat hangersCoffee percolatorCoolboxColanderCrockeryCruetCorkscrewCutleryDish cloth and brushDusters and polishDisposable clothsEgg cupsElectrical extension lead

Floor clothFly sprayFoodFood mixerFrying panGlassesGrill panJugsKettleKitchen rollKitchen toolsLitter binMatchesMeasuring jugMilk jugMixing bowlNeedles and threadOven glovesPegsPiezo Gas lighterPotato peelerPressure cookerRadioRubbish binSalad shakerSaucepansScissorsSieveSugar bowlShopping bagsSleeping bagsTea pot

Tea strainerTea towelsTable clothsTable matsTelevisionTin openerTissuesToilet paperTorchTowelsToys & GamesVacuum cleanerWashing up bowl

DocumentsBail Bonds

(some Euro countries)Bank and credit cardsCaravan CertificateCheque bookCRIS documentDriving licenceGreen Card Insurance

(some Euro countries)Maps and guidesMoneyMOT CertificateVehicle Registration

Documents

The Towing Code

Page 18: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

18

Fig. A Loading your caravan

(a)

(c)

(b)

(d)

WARNING: Turn off gas appliances except those heating appliances designed to function while the vehicle is in motion.

WARNING: Do not travel with televisions or microwaves in overhead lockers unless the appliance was supplied fitted to your caravan by the manufacturer.

LOADING AND DISTRIBUTION OFWEIGHT IN THE CARAVANDo not exceed recommended maximum loading for your caravan.

1. Load heavy items low down near the floor and mainly over or just in front of the axle(s) (Fig. A).

2. Load evenly right to left so that each

caravan wheel carries approximately the same weight.

3. Do not load items at the extreme front or rear since this can lead to instability due to the ‘pendulum effect’.

4. Load remainder to give a suitable noseweight at the towing coupling.

Check noseweight.

Note: Do not overload car boot.

Note: Please take care to ensure that youhave allowed for the masses of all itemsyou intend to carry in the caravan.

WARNING: All heavy and/or voluminousitems (e.g. TV, radio etc) must be storedsecurely before travelling.

PREPARING FOR THE ROADPRE-LOAD CHECKLISTCaution: Never enter the caravan withoutfirst lowering the four corner steadies withthe brace provided.

BEFORE LOADING CHECK:

- loose articles are stowed securely. Do not stow tins, bottles or heavy items in overhead lockers prior to towing.

- all lockers and cupboard doors are closed and secured.

- all bunks are secure.

- all rooflights are closed and secured.

- main table is stored in its transit position.

- fridge is on 12V operation and door lock is set.

- all windows are fully closed and latched. Never tow with windows on night setting. Leave all curtains and blinds open to aid rear visibility.

- gas cylinders are correctly positioned, secured and turned off.

- battery is secure and mains connecting cable is disconnected and stowed.

- 12V distribution panel selector switch is set to the van position.

WARNING: The fridge will only operate in transit when the 12V distribution panelselector switch is in the 'VAN' position.

Page 19: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

19

Towing vehicle’s rear suspensionIt is important that the towing vehicle’s rearsuspension is not deflected excessively bythe noseweight on the tow ball. If it isexcessive the steering and stability will beaffected. (Fig. B)

The greater the towing vehicle’s tail overhang(the distance between the rear axle and thetow ball), the greater the effect thenoseweight will have on the towing vehicle’srear suspension.

After trying out the caravan it may be foundthat a stiffening of the rear suspension isnecessary - but note that this may give thetowing vehicle a firmer ride when not towing.

There are a number of suspension aidsavailable and advice should be sought onwhich to use and how to fit. It is important toensure that the caravan is towed either levelor slightly nose down.

If you have any doubts about the suitabilityof your towbar for towing a caravan consultthe towing bracket manufacturer.

DO NOT exceed the:

• Gross Vehicle Mass (G.V.M. on car plate).

• Maximum Technically Permissible Laden Mass (M.T.P.L.M.) on the caravan.

• Gross Vehicle Combination Mass (Train Weight) (G.V.C.M. on car plate).

• Maximum Permissible Towing Mass.

• Vertical Static Load on the caravan coupling.

• Maximum Vertical Load on the car towballas specified by towing vehicle manufacturer.

STABILITYAll our models are of a well balanced designand should be exceptionally good towers.Most models have an AL-KO stabiliser fittedas standard. The common causes of poorstability include:

(a) Worn springs or loose spring fixings on the towing vehicle.

(b) Towing vehicle springs too soft.

(c) Insufficient noseweight.

(d) Nose of caravan is towing too high.

Fig. A Fig. B Illustration of excessive deflection of vehicle’s rear suspension

Sensible Loading:How to apportion it

LIGHTITEMS

MEDIUMITEMS

HEAVYITEMS

The Towing Code

Page 20: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

20

Galvanised steel chassisDrilling of the galvanised steel chassis willinvalidate the warranty and must not be done.

TowballThe AL-KO stabiliser is designed to be usedwith a swan neck, fixed or detachabletowball. If you use a 'bolt on type' towballyou may need to replace your towball with aspecial extended neck towball.

If you have a bolt on type towball you shouldask your dealer to check clearance aroundthe towball to allow for the stabiliser to articulate.

The AL-KO extended neck towball (availablefrom your dealer) is approved and markedwith the approval number EC94/20. Failure toprovide enough clearance around the towballmay invalidate your stabiliser warranty.

AK160 coupling headIf your caravan is fitted with an AK160coupling head the Towball must be lightly greased.

Stabiliser friction padsThe AL-KO stabiliser uses 'friction pads'inside the coupling head to clamp thetowball. These pads must be kept free fromgrease and contamination from the towball.The friction pads should last approximately50,000km (30,000 miles) under normal use, ifcorrectly maintained.

Suitable towing vehiclesThe caravan is manufactured for towingbehind normal road cars and is not suitablefor towing behind commercial vehicles. It isstrongly recommended that whenever acaravan is to be towed over rough terrain,e.g. a farmer’s field or track, great careshould be taken to ensure that no unduestress is placed upon the caravan via thehitch mounting, i.e. reduce speed. If indoubt, please consult the chassis manufac-turer and the towing vehicle manufacturerwho will advise. Touring caravans based onstandard AL-KO chassis can be towed byfour wheel drive off road leisure vehiclesproviding the unit is used to tow in a likemanner to a conventional road-going car anddriven in the same considered manner.

Towbar manufacturers should be consultedbefore towing an uncompensated twin axle caravan.

SnakingThis is a term used to denote an unstablecar and caravan combination where thecaravan ‘weaves’ from side to side oftencausing a similar swaying movement in thecar itself.

Causes:i) Unsuitable or unbalanced outfit.ii) Incorrect loading or weight distribution.iii) Excessive speed especially downhill.iv) Side winds.v) Overtaking.

vi) Being overtaken by a large fast moving vehicle.

vii) Erratic driving.viii) Insufficient tyre pressures.ix) Mixing radial and cross ply tyres.

Cures:Cases of persistent snaking can bealleviated by the use of a stabiliser.

On the roadIf you do find your outfit snaking, try to keepthe steering wheel in a central position asfar as possible, decelerate and avoidbraking if possible.

Types of tyres fittedThe original tyres fitted by the manufacturerare suitable for towing at maximum speedof up to 81 mph (130 kph).

TYRESCaravan manufacturers choose the type,size, profile, load carrying capacities andspeed ratings to match the design masses ofthere vehicles, adjusting the tyre pressures tosuit. Only change the type of tyres on yourcaravan on expert advice from the caravanmanufacturer, or tyre manufacturer.

TYRE MAINTENANCE

Tread depth

Pay special attention to the amount of treadremaining on your tyres, and measure themregularly. Always replace tyres before theyreach the minimum legal limit of 1.6mm.

Page 21: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

21

The Towing CodePeriodically tyres should be rotated to equalisewear in the same manner as car tyres.

Pressures

The caravan manufacturers plate (fixedadjacent to exterior door) and Technicalhandbook contains information aboutcaravan loading and the requiredadjustments to tyre pressures, which shouldbe followed for safety. Tyre pressures shouldalways be checked and corrected prior toeach journey. It is vital that tyre pressures aremaintained at the levels recommended by themanufacturer to ensure maximum tyre life,safety and handling characteristics.

Over or under-inflating tyre is likely toseriously impair their performance and mayprejudice the safe use of the vehicle.

Over-inflation increases overall tyre diameter,decreases the amount of tread in contactwith the road, decreases sidewall flexibilityand affects road-adhesion.

Under-inflation decreases overall tyrediameter, increases sidewall flexing,generates higher tyre operating temperaturesand difficult vehicle handling characteristics.Running an under-inflated tyre may causepremature tyre failure. Both over and under-inflation adversely affect tyre life.

Treads

Keep tyre treads clean of stones and otherforeign bodies, and check regularly for

damage to the tread and sidewalls. It is vitallyimportant that any damage is checked out bya tyre expert and any necessary repairs orreplacements are carried out immediately.

Tyre valves

Check tyre valves carefully. Ensure the capsare in place free from dirt/ debris and thatthere is no evidence of cracking or damageto the valve stem

Tyre Aging

Rubber compounds used in tyres containchemicals that help to slow down the naturalaging process of untreated rubber. However,tyres do deteriorate with age, whichincreases the risk of tyre failure, and there aremany ways in which this can be spotted:

• Cracking/crazing on the side wall of thetyre, caused by its flexing

• Distortion of tyre tread

• Deformation of the carcass of the tyre

There will also be a deterioration of the ridequality caused by vibrations through the tyre.This may signify the tyres performance hasbeen affected by age and should beinvestigated as soon as possible

IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT TYRES AREREPLACED AFTER 5 YEARS SERVICEINCLUDING THE SPARE.

Tyres that display signs of aging should beremoved and not put to further use.

The effects of aging can be brought aboutprematurely in several conditions. Tyres fittedas spare wheels may age prematurely. If tyreson caravans are not in regular use theyshould be inspected before every journey,several cleaning products may also harm thechemicals in the rubber. However, the age ofa tyre will affect its safety and increase therisk of failure, and you should inspect tyresfor the signs of aging regularly.

THE TYRE LAW

Tyre pressures

Tyre pressures should be maintained at orwithin a very close tolerance of therecommended pressures.

Tyre tread depth and damage

When tyres become worn or damaged theymust be replaced. There must by law, be atleast 1.6mm of tread depth across the centre3/4 of the width of the tread throughout theentire circumference of the tyre. There mustbe no damage to the tyre body - sidewalls ortread, no bulges or cuts.

Tyre types

It is illegal to mix tyres of a differentconstruction on the same axle.

Page 22: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

22

If in any doubt, have your wheels checkedby a competent tyre supplier.

Hitch head load capacityThe maximum vertical static load which canbe put upon the hitch head when connectedis 100kg. Please refer to the technical data inyour handbook.

(But see also vehicle manufacturer’s weightlimits on towball loading.)

PRE-TOW CHECKLIST AND HITCH-UPFOR AK 3004 STABILISER

Check Gas Locker, Battery Locker andCassette Toilet doors are secure.

Check wheelnuts, tyre pressures and tyreconditions.

Fully raise all four corner steadies. (Fig. A).

Pick up any levelling pads or levelling boards.

Check rooflights/vents are securely closed.

Switch off gas supply and change over toelectricity if required.

Lock the caravan exterior door.

An assistant can help in the hitchingoperation by standing on the left hand side ofthe drawbar (facing rear of car) and extendingan arm horizontally to indicate position of thecoupling. When reversing aim the towball ofthe car directly at the caravan drawbar.Remove towball cover and keep in car.

Adjust the jockey wheel to ensure the cup ishigh enough to slide over the towball.

Fig. B Safety Catch and HandleFig. A Winding Corner Steady

Note: Although the caravan may be fittedwith the same type of tyre as the towingvehicle, the pressures specified are different.All charts show values for cars and aretherefore not applicable for caravans.Pressures displayed on tyre walls applyONLY in North America and Canada.

WheelsCaravan wheel bolts should be tightened to atorque of 88Nm (65lb/ft) on steel wheels or115Nm (85lb/ft) on alloy wheels and shouldbe checked with the use of a torque wrenchregularly. Only use a spare wheel and tyre ofthe type and size provided with you caravan.

Wheel rimsBoth steel and Alloy wheel rims are the 5.5Jsize incorporating a double safety humpwhich conforms to European safetystandards.

Page 23: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing Code

23

Fig. B Checking Secure Attachment Fig. C Connections - 7 pin PlugFig. A Handbrake

Fig. D Hitch Head Visual Indicator

Release caravan handbrake.

Position cup over the ungreased towball,release and lift forward the large redstabiliser handle (Fig. B) lift forward theexposed smaller black handle (Fig. B) until itclicks up.

The hitch head is fitted with a visual indicatorto show whether or not it is properlyconnected to the towball. A green band willshow immediately below the red indicatorbutton on the hitch head when a properconnection has been made. (See Fig. D)

WARNING: If the green band is showing when the hitch head is not connected to the towball there is a fault - contact your Dealer.

Adjust jockey wheel to lower cup on to theball. A click indicates it is fully engaged. Ensureblack handle has returned to its free position.

Secure caravan handbrake. (Fig. A)

Connect breakaway cable as described onpage 27.

Ensure that the jockey wheel is fully woundup and properly located in the slots, thenrelease the clamp handle, lift the whole unitas high as possible and retighten the clamphandle.

Note: Ensure jockey wheel locates in recessprovided. Carelessness could result indamage to the A frame cover.

Page 24: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing CodeTake hold of the caravan under the rubbergaiter behind the coupling and lift toascertain whether the caravan is properlyattached. (Figs. B & D.)

Ensure the hitch is secured by checking thevisual indicator (see page 23).

Connect 7 pin plugs to car sockets ensuringthere is enough loose cable for cornering,(Fig. C) ensuring they wont drag on theground.

Check all car and caravan roadlights areworking. Check round the caravan foranything left behind.

Release caravan handbrake, adjust allmirrors from driving seat and proceed.

PRE-TOW CHECKLIST AND HITCH-UPFOR AK 160 COUPLING HEAD

Check Gas Locker, Battery Locker (if fitted)and Cassette Toilet (if fitted) door/s aresecure.

Check wheelnuts, tyre pressures and tyreconditions.

Fully raise all four corner steadies. (Fig. A,Page 22).

Pick up any levelling pads or levelling boards.

Check rooflights/vents are securely closed.

Switch off gas supply and change over toelectricity if required.

Lock the caravan exterior door.

An assistant can help in the hitchingoperation by standing on the left hand sideof the drawbar (facing rear of car) andextending an arm horizontally to indicateposition of the coupling. When reversing aimthe towball of the car directly at the caravandrawbar. Remove towball cover and keep incar.

Adjust the jockey wheel to ensure the cup ishigh enough to slide over the towball.

Release caravan handbrake.

Position cup over greased towball, releasesafety catch and lift handle (Fig. B). Thehitch head is fitted with a visual indicator toshow whether or not it is properly connectedto the towball. A green band will showimmediately below the red indicator buttonon the hitch head when a proper connectionhas been made. (See Fig. D, Page 23)

WARNING: Serious damage will occur unless the locking button is depressed first and the handle lifted forward beforethe caravan is lowered manually. This prevents the noseweight being transmitted through the locking button.

WARNING: If the green band is showing when the hitch head is not connected to the towball there is a fault - contact your Dealer.

Fig. B Safety Catch and Handle

24

Page 25: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

25

The Towing Code

Fig. B Checking Secure AttachmentFig. A Handbrake Fig. D Hitch Head Visual Indicator

Adjust jockey wheel to lower cup on to theball. A click indicates it is fully engaged. Ensurelocking button has returned to its free position.

Secure caravan handbrake. (Fig. A)

Connect breakaway cable (emergencybraking device) in the form of a noose tosuitable anchorage point on towbar. DO NOTattach to towball. (See page 27)

Ensure that the jockey wheel is fully woundup and properly located in the slots, thenrelease the clamp handle, lift the whole unitas high as possible and retighten the clamphandle.

Note: Ensure jockey wheel locates in recessprovided. Carelessness could result indamage to the A frame cover.

Take hold of the caravan under the rubbergaiter behind the coupling and lift toascertain whether the caravan is properlyattached. (Figs. B & D.)

Lock hitch if possible (see Safety andSecurity, page 36).

Connect 7 pin plugs to car sockets ensuringthere is enough loose cable for cornering.(Fig. C, Page 23)

Check all car and caravan roadlights areworking. Check round the caravan foranything left behind.

Release caravan handbrake, adjust allmirrors from driving seat and proceed.

Page 26: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing CodeROAD LIGHTINGFor your information the wiring diagram of the12N and 12S connectors is shown opposite.These should be checked regularly and if inany doubt consult a qualified electrician.

For cars equipped with 12N/12S sockets, anadaptor may be required when a 13 pin plugis fitted to the caravan. If so consult yourdealer or qualified electrician.

The wiring diagram of the 13 pin connectorsis shown opposite. This should be checkedregularly and if in any doubt a qualifiedelectrician consulted.

For cars equipped with 13 pin sockets, anadaptor may be required if the caravan is fittedwith a 12N AND 12S plug fitted to the caravan.If so consult your dealer or qualified electrician.

The wiring allocations were changed in 1998and it is important that you check the car tocaravan connections are compatible prior tocoupling up to the car.

WARNING: Always disconnect the electrical connector between the towing vehicle and the caravan before connecting a low voltage supply to the caravan (mains) and before charging the battery (EN 1648-1).

• All road lights must be in working order.

• Lenses and reflectors must be in good condition

TERMINAL COLOUR 12N PLUG1 YELLOW L/H INDICATOR2 BLUE REAR FOG LAMP3 WHITE COMMON RETURN (1-7)4 GREEN R/H INDICATOR5 BROWN R/H SIDE TAIL & No PLATE LIGHT6 RED STOP LAMP7 BLACK L/H SIDE TAIL & No PLATE LIGHT

TERMINAL COLOUR 12S PLUG1 YELLOW REVERSING LIGHT2 BLUE NO ALLOCATION3 WHITE NEGATIVE PIN 44 GREEN CONTINUOUS POWER SUPPLY5 BROWN NO ALLOCATION6 RED FRIDGE7 BLACK RETURN FOR FRIDGE

12N AND 12S VIEWED FROM REAR OF PLUG

12N (BLACK) 12S (GREY)

TUBES

PINS

PINS

STRIPS

PIN NO COLOUR DESCRIPTION1 YELLOW LEFT FLASHER2 BLUE FOG HAZARD LIGHT3 WHITE EARTH FOR 1-84 GREEN RIGHT FLASHER5 BROWN RIGHT TAIL LIGHT6 RED STOP LIGHTS7 BLACK LEFT TAIL LIGHT8 ORANGE REVERSE LIGHTS9 BROWN/BLUE CAR +

10 BROWN/RED FRIDGE11 WHITE/BLACK EARTH FOR 1012 NOT YET ALLOCATED13 WHITE/GREEN EARTH FOR 9

PIN NO COLOUR DESCRIPTION1 YELLOW LEFT FLASHER2 BLUE FOG HAZARD LIGHT3 WHITE EARTH FOR 1-84 GREEN RIGHT FLASHER5 BROWN RIGHT TAIL LIGHT6 RED STOP LIGHTS7 BLACK LEFT TAIL LIGHT8 ORANGE REVERSE LIGHTS9 BROWN/BLUE CAR +

10 BROWN/RED FRIDGE11 WHITE/BLACK EARTH FOR 1012 NOT YET ALLOCATED13 WHITE/GREEN EARTH FOR 9

VOLTA/JEAGER & MULTICON FEDER 13 PIN PLUGS (viewed from rear)

VOLTA/JEAGER WESTMULTICONFEDER 13K

26

Page 27: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

27

The Towing Code• Bulbs must be of correct wattage for the

application (see Service handbook).

WARNING: Do not cause any road lighting to be obscured by the addition of any options or accessories to your caravan.

PASSENGERSPassengers are forbidden to ride in acaravan.

BREAKAWAY CABLESUK law requires that all caravans are fittedwith a safety device to provide protection inthe unlikely event of separation of the maincoupling while in motion. A device referredto as a 'breakaway cable' fulfils thisrequirement and when fitted as on yourcaravan is mandatory.

PurposeTo apply the caravans brakes if it becomesseparated from its towing vehicle. Havingdone this, the cable assembly is designed topart allowing the caravan to come to a haltaway from the towing vehicle.

IdentificationA thin steel cable with a red plastic coatingfitted with a means of attachment forconnection to the towing vehicle. Locateddirectly beneath the coupling head.

OperationIn the event of the main coupling of the

caravan separating from the towing vehicle,the cable should be able to pull tight,

without any hindrance, engaging the caravanbrakes. The breakaway cable should notbecome taut during normal use.

Correct procedure for useRegularly check the cable and clip fordamage. If in doubt contact your SwiftGroup dealer.

Make sure the cable runs as straight aspossible and goes through the cable guidefitted underneath the caravan coupling head.

Determine whether or not the towing vehicletowbar has a designated attachment point(i.e. a part specifically designated for abreakaway cable).

Where a point is designated on the towbar:

• Pass the cable through the attachment point and clip it back on itself (figure 1).

• Do not clip directly onto the designated point (figure 2) since the clip is not designed for use in this way.

Where there is no designated attachmentpoint on the towbar:

• Fixed ball: Loop the cable around the neck of the towball in a single loop only. See figure 3A and 3B, Page 28.

• Detachable towball: You must seek guidance on procedure from the towing vehicle towbar manufacturer or supplier.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Page 28: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

The Towing CodeWhen the breakaway cable is attached,check to ensure:

a) that the cable cannot snag in use on the caravan coupling head, jockey wheel, stabiliser or accessory e.g. bumper shield, cycle carrier etc.

b) that there is sufficient slack in the cable to allow the towing vehicle and caravan to articulate fully without the cable ever becoming taut and applying the brakes.

c) that it is not slack and can drag on the ground. If left loose, the cable may scrape along the ground and be weakened so that it subsequently fails to do its job. The cable may also be caught on an obstacle when in motion thus engaging the caravan brakes prematurely.

Having followed this advice, should you feelthat a satisfactory coupling arrangementcannot be achieved, consult your SwiftGroup dealer or towbar supplier.

MIRRORSThe driver of the towing vehicle must havean adequate view of the rear.

If there is no rear view through the caravan itis essential that additional exterior towingmirrors are fitted. This is mandatory in someEuropean countries and drivers can faceinstant fines if extension mirrors are not fitted.

Caution: Any rear view mirror must notproject more than 200 mm outside:

a) the width of the caravan when being towed.

b) the width of the towing vehicle when driven solo.

Note: Any rear view mirror fitted shall be ‘e’marked and cover the field of view asstipulated by type approval requirements(Regulation 33 of the Road Vehicles[Construction and Use] Regulation 1986).

MOVING OFF

Let the clutch in smoothly.

Allow more engine speed to produce thepower to move the additional weight of thecaravan.

Reduce wear and tear on clutch andtransmission by taking extra care.

Change gears smoothly.

Try not to jerk the clutch.

Fig. 3A

Fig. 3B

28

Page 29: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

29

The Towing Code

Fig. A Reversing

REVERSING

When the towing vehicle is reversing, theoverrun device shaft is pushing in, applyingthe brakes via the overrun lever, brake rodsystem, bowden cables and the expandermechanism.

The backwards rotation of the brake drumcauses the secondary brake shoe to collapsecancelling out the braking effect, allowing thetrailer to move backwards. At the same timethe transmission lever swings back andcompensates for the entire travel.

When reversing up a slope or on a loosesurface the brakes may apply themselves,Correct maintenance and set up of thebrakes will help prevent this. Incorrectadjustment of the wheel brakes or Linkageswill result in making reversing difficult.

Proficiency at reversing can only be achievedwith practice and should be first attempted ina large open area (Fig. A).

SPEED LIMITS

Normal road towing: 50mph

Motorways (including dual carriageways):60mph

CARAVAN HANDLING

Allow for caravan being wider than car.

Do not bump kerb with caravan wheels.

When passing other vehicles allow more thanthe normal clearance for driving solo.

Allow longer to get up speed to pass.

Allow for the outfit being twice its normallength.

Do not suddenly swing out.

Carry out all manoeuvres as smoothly aspossible.

Use nearside wing mirror to check caravanhas cleared when overtaking.

WARNING: Take care not to foul or ground caravan chassis whilst traversing ramps or other obstacles.

IMPORTANT POINTS ESPECIALLYFOR MOTORWAY DRIVING1. Caravans may not be towed in the out-

side lane of a three or four lane motor-way. (Reg. 12(2) of the Motorway Traffic [England and Wales] Regulations 1982).

2. Reduce Speed:i) In high or cross winds.ii) Downhill.iii) In poor visibility.

3. High sided vehicles cause air buffeting soextra care must be taken when passing orbeing passed. As much space as possible should be given.

Page 30: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

CHANGING A WHEEL1. Leave caravan hitched to towing vehicle

and ensure handbrake is applied.

2. Lower corner steadies (as safety measure) on the side that the wheel is being changed to stabilise the caravan.

3. Use wheel brace to slacken off wheel nuts on the wheel to be changed.

4. Position jack under the axle at the appropriate jacking point (see fig. B)

5. Jack up the caravan until the wheel for removal is just off the ground.

6. Remove the wheel nuts, wheel trims and remove the wheel.

7. Fit spare wheel and reverse the above procedure.

Ensure clean, dry mating surfaces andclean, dry bolt/nut sealing areas.

8. Tighten all five bolts, according to Fig. A,to 88Nm (65lb/ft) for steel wheels or115Nm (85lb/ft) for alloy wheels using atorque wrench or have checked as soonas possible.

Ensure the correct wheel fixings are used,as supplied with your caravan

IMPORTANTWhen a wheel has been removed andreplaced the torque of the wheel nuts shouldbe re-checked after approximately 15 milesof running. (See 8 above).

WHEEL BOLT TIGHTENING

When refitting a wheel it is ESSENTIAL thatthe wheel bolts are tightened to therecommended torque figure and in thecorrect sequence.

The sequences necessary to correctly carryout this work on a 5 stud wheel is as follows:

Fig. B Side Lift Jack

Fig. A

The Towing Code

1

3 4

5 2

5 Stud

30

Page 31: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

31

The Towing Code

JACKING POINTS

WARNING: Only jack up your caravan when it is coupled up to the car with its handbrake applied and in 1st gear (engine off).

Ensure that the jack is located in the correctposition, i.e. on the jacking bracket on thechassis for the AL-KO side mounted jack(Fig.B). Alternatively the reinforced axlemounting plate can be used as an alternativebut the chassis member itself MUST NEVERbe used as a jacking point.

All caravans are provided with the facility tofit AL-KO side jacking points and although ascissor, trolley or bottle jack may be used, it is recommended that the side mounted AL-KO Jacking System should be used.

STOPPING ON A HILLPulling off again can sometimes present aproblem. The easy solution is

(i) Carry a good sized wedge shaped piece of wood with a rope or light chain attached.

(ii) Attach the other end of the rope to the nearside rear grab handle.

(iii) Place the wood behind the nearside caravan wheel.

(iv) Carefully reverse the car slightly back down the hill, the caravan will stop against the wedge and turn.

(v) Drive forward since this attempt to move up the hill will now not involve pulling the full weight of the caravan until the car hasgained some traction.

ARRIVAL ON SITENote: Check and observe site regulations.

MANOEUVRING YOUR CARAVANBY HAND

Note: Care must be taken whenmanoeuvring your caravan into position.Pressure placed on unsupported parts offront and rear GRP/ABS panels may causesurface damage cracks to appear “Use thegrab handles provided”.

1. Selecting a pitchDo not pitch in such a position that youroutfit will obstruct others coming in.

Try to choose an area which is dry, reason-ably level and preferably with a hard base.

If you have no alternative but to pitch on aslope ensure that, for when you leave, youare facing down the slope.

It is good practice to chock the wheels ofthe caravan when parked on a slope eventhough the caravan brakes are applied.

2. Levelling the caravanLevelling must be carried out in bothdirections in order for the refrigerator andother equipment to function correctly. Thisshould be done before unhitching thecaravan. Levelling boards (Fig. C) can be

used to raise one side of the caravan bydriving or reversing the caravan onto theboards. Apply the handbrake and chock thewheels.

The positioning of the jockey wheel can beused to help level the caravan.

Lower the corner steadies until they are infirm contact with the ground.

DO NOT use the steadies as a jack they are only a means of stabilising the caravan.

Levelling pads or boards should be usedunder the steadies where the ground is softor uneven.

Fig. C levelling Board

Page 32: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

In extreme cases where it is necessary toraise a wheel off the ground for levellingpurposes, further adequate support shouldbe applied so that the steadies do not takeany undue strain.

Exterior DoorTo prevent distortion of the body, thecaravan must be always correctly sited andlevelled. Failure to site the caravan correctlymay prevent the exterior door from closingproperly.

3. UnhitchingApply the caravan handbrake.

Lower the jockey wheel to the ground.

Disconnect the breakaway cable and roadlighting plugs.

AKS3004

Release the stabiliser by lifting the redhandle. Then lift the exposed black handleforward until it clicks up, at the same timewinding down the jockey wheel, to lift thecaravan clear of the towing vehicle.

AK160

Operate the handle by depressing thelocking button on the lever mechanism andlift the handle upwards and forwards, at thesame time winding down the jockey wheel,to assist in lifting the caravan clear of thetowing vehicle.

When this operation is complete, replacetowball cover and secure the 12N+12S or13 pin cables in their storage cup(s).

Park your vehicle alongside the caravan onthe offside.

The Towing Code

32

Page 33: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

SAFETYAND

SECURITY

Fire .......................................................................................... 34Notice ................................................................................... 34In Case of Fire ...................................................................... 34Smoke Alarm......................................................................... 34Carbon Monoxide Alarm....................................................... 35Fire Extinguishers.................................................................. 35

Children ................................................................................... 36Ventilation .............................................................................. 36Security ................................................................................... 36

Caravan Theft ....................................................................... 36Chassis Number.................................................................... 36Additional Security ............................................................... 36Security Chips....................................................................... 37Caravan Insurance ................................................................ 37AL-KO secure immobiliser .................................................... 37

Page 34: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Safety & Security

FIREImportant: Your attention is drawn to thenotice affixed inside the caravan advising onfire precaution, ventilation and what to do incase of fire.

IN CASE OF FIRE

1. Get everyone out of the caravan as quickly as possible using whichever exit isthe quickest, including windows. Do not stop to collect any personal items.

2. Raise the Alarm. Call the Fire Brigade.

3. Turn off the gas supply valve if it is safe todo so.

4. Turn off the electricity supply at supply point.

SMOKE ALARM

This is approved by The National CaravanCouncil. The NCC requires that all new orused holiday homes sold by its members arefitted with a smoke alarm featuring an alarmsilence facility.

Maintenance

Test the smoke alarm every week, e.g. whendoing the vacuuming, by pressing the testbutton for at least 10 seconds. The alarmsignal is a penetrating, rapidly pulsatingsignal. The alarm sounds as long as the testbutton is pressed or there is smoke in the

detector. When the alarm goes off, alwayscheck carefully to see that there is no fireand never remove the battery from the alarmexcept when changing it!

Always test the alarm immediately after along period of absence. Under the testbutton, there is a red control lamp whichtwinkles once a minute. This shows that thebattery is correctly connected. If the alarmdoes not sound when testing, the batterymust be replaced. The alarm should bedusted and cleaned regularly with a slightlydamp cloth. In connection with annualbattery change or when required, e.g. falsealarm, clean and vacuum the alarm carefullyusing a soft brush.

Removing and Replacing the Alarm

Carefully twist the alarm anti-clockwise.

Replace as diagram above.

Battery Replacement

The battery lasts approximately one year.About a month before the battery iscompletely flat, the alarm emits a shortsignal once a minute, this is the signal thatthe battery needs changing. The alarm worksas normal during this time.

The battery should be 9 Volt batteries GP1604,S,A, Eveready 522,216, DuracellMN1604. Always test the alarm afterchanging the battery.

34

Test Button

Page 35: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Safety & Security

WARNING: Ensure that batteries are correctly installed. Positive terminal to positive contact (marked +), negative terminal to negative contact. Reversing a battery in its compartment will immediately drain the battery and could damage the smoke alarm.

WARNING: The electronic test button provides a full test of the unit’s functionality. DO NOT try to test the alarm with a naked flame, as this may present a potential fire hazard.

WARNING: Never use portable cooking or heating equipment other than electricheaters that are not of the direct radiant type, as it is a fire and asphyxiation hazard.

WARNING: Appliances such as cookers must not be used for heating.

CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMWHERE A CARBON MONOXIDE ALARMHAS BEEN FITTED, READ THE FULL USERINSTRUCTIONS PROVIDED WITH THEUNIT AS USER INSTRUCTIONS VARY.

What to do if the alarm sounds

If the alarm sounds:Call the emergency services.

Immediately move to fresh air-outdoors or by

an open door/ window. Do a head count tocheck that all persons are accounted for? Donot re-enter the nor move away from theopen door/ window until the emergencyservices have arrived and the vehicle hasbeen aired out. The alarm returns to itsnormal condition.

Never restart the source of a CO problemuntil it has been fixed.

NEVER IGNORE THE ALARM

NEVER REMOVE THE BATTERYWITHOUT REPLACING.

CO ALARMS DETERIATE WITH AGEAND MUST BE REPLACED NO LATERTHAN EVERY 5 YEARS

CARBON MONOXIDE

Known as the silent killer, Carbon Monoxideis an invisible, odourless and tasteless gas,

What are the symptoms of carbon monoxidepoisoning?

Early symptoms of carbon monoxide (CO)poisoning can mimic many commonailments and may easily be confused with fluor simple tiredness. Symptoms to look outfor include: tiredness, drowsiness,headaches, giddiness, nausea, vomiting,pains in the chest, breathlessness, stomachpains, erratic behaviour, visual problems.

ANYONE WITH THESE SYMPTOMSSHOULD IMMEDIATELY TURN OFF ALL APPLIANCES AND SEEKMEDICAL ATTENTION.

MAINTAINANCE

The alarm should be cleaned using avacuum or soft brush.

No detergents should be used to clean thecasing

FIRE EXTINGUISHER

It is recommended that a 1kg (2lb) minimumcapacity dry powder fire extinguisher becarried inside your caravan at all times.

When using a dry powder extinguisher it issuggested that the caravan be evacuateduntil the powder has settled, to avoidinhalation.

A fat pan fire should not have a fireextinguisher aimed at it. It should besmothered with a fire blanket.

WARNING: Provide one dry powder fire extinguisher of an approved type or complying with ISO 7165, of at least 1kg capacity, by the main exterior door and a fire blanket next to the cooker. Familiarise yourself with the instructionson your fire extinguisher and the local fire precaution arrangements.

35

Page 36: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Safety & SecurityESCAPE PATHS

It is important that you do not block escapepaths to emergency exits with obstructionsor hazards.

CHILDRENDo not leave children alone in the caravan in anyevent. Keep potentially dangerous items out ofreach, as at home e.g. matches, drugs etc.

VENTILATIONAll caravans comply with BS EN 721. Theventilation points on your caravan are fixedpoints of ventilation which are required by theEuropean Standards.

All caravans have ventilation at high level andlow level which have been calculated to suitthe individual needs of your caravan.

High level ventilation is achieved by means ofthe roof lights and washroom roof ventilators.The low level ventilators are positionedunderneath the oven housing. Some modelswith sliding doors have two vents locatedunderneath the sliding doors.

Under no circumstances must these vents beblocked or obstructed.

It is advised that fixed ventilation points arechecked and cleaned (if necessary) on aregular basis using a small brush and adomestic vacuum cleaner.

Additional night time ventilation is obtained

by releasing the window catches and placingthem in the second groove. Note thewindows are not sealed from rain in thisposition.

As the ventilation levels are calculated to suiteach models requirements there should beno modifications made which may result inreduced ventilation levels.

WARNING: Do not obstruct ventilation.

36

Fig. A Chassis Number

Petrol/Diesel FumesThe fitting of a tail pipe to your car exhaustwill reduce the possibility of fumes enteringyour caravan through the ventilation points.

Note: Never allow modification of electricalor LPG systems and appliances except byqualified persons at an authorised SwiftGroup dealership.

SECURITYCaravan theftThe theft of a caravan can occur in the mostunlikely circumstances; from a motorwayservice area, even from an owner’s driveway.

Secure all windows and doors when yourcaravan is unoccupied even if only for a shortlength of time.

Chassis numberRecord your caravan chassis number whichcan be found on the front offside section ofthe drawbar (Fig. A) or any of the eye levelwindows.

Make a note of this number in the spaceprovided at the front of this handbook andmake a separate note of the number to keepsafe at home.

Additional securityConsider fitting any device which might deteror prevent intrusion by thieves.

A hitch lock cover prevents towing of the caravan.

Page 37: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Safety & SecurityA wheel lock prevents towing of the caravanand removal of the wheel.

Customers are advised to identify theircaravan with a method for subsequentidentification if other forms of identificationhave been altered or removed.

Free crime prevention advice about securingyour caravan, protecting your valuables,property marking, either at home or whilst onsite, can be obtained from the CrimePrevention Officer through your local PoliceStation.

Phantom satellite monitoring systemDepending on model and specification, yourcaravan may be fitted with a PhantomTracker security device. This device is fittedin a concealed location, and linked to thealarm within the caravan. No maintenance ofthe unit itself is required.

Should the device be activated by the alarmor other trigger, the system will alert adedicated call centre. The call centre willthen contact you via agreed telephonenumbers, and if appropriate may request youto obtain a crime number from the localpolice force. The call centre will then directlywith the police officer in charge in therelevant control centre to retrieve the caravanas quickly as possible.

It is important that separate documentation

relating to the installation is reviewed whenyou receive your new caravan, to ensure thatthe device is properly registered and correctcontact details are held by the call centre.Please be aware that an annual subscriptioncharge is applicable to the continued use ofthe device and call centre, and that anychange of ownership or contact detailsshould be passed to Phantom without delay.

For reference the contact phone number forPhantom is 0800 1074663.

NOTE: To ensure operation of theTracker, a leisure battery in a good state of charge must remain connected to the caravan at all times.

SECURITY CHIPS

A special security chip is concealed withinthe body of every caravan. This chipcontains the individual identity of yourcaravan and can only be read by using aspecial decoder. Your local police can obtainthe use of a decoder by contacting C.R.I.S.on telephone no: 01722 411430

CARAVAN INSURANCE

It is recommended that the caravan and itscontents should be insured against theft.

It is essential to check with your carinsurance company to ensure you arecovered when towing your caravan.

37

AL-KO SECURE IMMOBILISER

The AL-KO immobiliser is fitted as standardon some models, optional on others. Whenfitted the 4 part kit specified below issupplied with your caravan. Your kit willcontain : -

Part ABox containing security components.consisting of:

- 1off High security locking bolt

- 1off High security locking bar socket key

- 1off Barrel lock

- 2off Barrel lock keys

- Instruction manuals in CD and paperformat.

- Security registration card and referencenumber

Part BWheel specific insert assembly consisting of:

- Red coloured wheel insert lozengeassembled with the locking bar and circlip

Part C

- 1off Wheel spanner

Part D

- Kit bag.

Page 38: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Safety & SecurityYOU MUST REGISTER YOUR KEY WITHINONE MONTH OF THE DATE OFPURCHASE. SHOULD YOU FAIL TO DOTHIS, YOU WILL NOT BE ABLE TO ORDERA SPARE KEY!

- Within your AL-KO kit will find an exclusivesecurity number.

- Please register your card by telephoning0870 7576788 or 0044 1926 818500.

- You will need to provide a password andprovide an answer to a prompting securityquestion.

- Make a note of your password and keep itin a safe place.

- Keep your registration card safe.

- Take your registration card with you whenyou are travelling with the caravan.

- Always keep your registration separate fromthe lock.

SAFETY INFORMATION

- Always secure the caravan against rollingaway (chock or couple to a towing vehicle).

- Never leave Secure parts (key, adaptor,registration card) in the caravan.

- Always remove AL-KO Secure beforemoving the caravan.

- After any attempt of theft has been madeon a locked AL-KO Secure, the caravan

must be inspected at an AL-KO ApprovedService Workshop.

- Always keep the key in a safe place.

- Keep the lock set and registration cardseparate from the key.

- The lock parts and key do not have aregistration number, therefore keep theregistration card in a safe place.

- Caravans with twin axles have two locks,keep each lock set in a separate place.The sets are not interchangeable!

AL-KO OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

- READ THE AL-KO OPERATINGINSTRUCTIONS AND ACT INACCORDANCE WITH THEM.

- INSTRUCTIONS FOR GENERAL USE.

- FOLLOW ALL SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS ASWELL AS THE WARNING INFORMATION.

- IT IS RECOMMENDED FOR EASE OF FITTHAT A SIDE-LIFT JACK BE USED.

- KEEP THE OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

THE AL-KO SIDE LIFT JACK(SUPPLIED AS STANDARD ON SPECIFIC MODELS ONLY)

The AL-KO Side Lift Jack has beenspecifically developed to aid the oftendifficult process of changing a wheel oncaravans. It is suitable for fitment to theAL-KO chassis, from, appropriate bracket

mounting holes have been pre-punched intothe longitudinal members as standard.

OPERATION

To operate the jack, insert the metal JackCollar into the lower edge of the bracket

38

Page 39: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

SERVICES

Connection of Services ......................................................... 40Water ....................................................................................... 40

Typical Water Schematic Drawing ........................................ 40Whale Fresh Water Inlet (if fitted).......................................... 41Flojet Automatic Water System Pump...................................41Shure-flo Pump ..................................................................... 43Inboard Water Tanks and On-line Water Systems................ 45Whale Aqua Source .............................................................. 47

Gas ........................................................................................... 49Typical Gas Schematic Drawing ........................................... 49General Information .............................................................. 50Types of Gas ......................................................................... 50Gas Safety Advice................................................................. 51Thermal Insulation Heating ................................................... 52

Electricity ................................................................................ 53Instructions for Electricity Supply ......................................... 53Overseas Connection............................................................ 53Wiring of Connecting Cable and Caravan Mains Inlet.......... 55Typical Appliance Consumption Figures............................... 56

Page 40: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Services

WATERConnection of services is dealt with underthe separate headings.

In all cases users should become familiarwith the equipment manufacturers’instructions.

Advice and leaflets, if not supplied with thecaravan, can be obtained from the suppliersof the equipment.

Before making connections of anydescription to the caravan or its equipment,ensure that ALL equipment is turned off.

40

WATERCARRIER

FILTER &HOSE

WATERINLET

WATER TANK

ISOLATION VALVE

WATERHEATER

C H

DRAIN VALVES(if fitted)

TAPS

NONRETURNVALVE

DRAINVALVE

SELECTORVALVE

OVERFLOW

AQUASOURCE

FILTER / PUMP / ACCUMULATOR

Water system schematic caravanwith water tank

TAPS

DRAIN VALVES(if fitted)

WATERINLET

WATERHEATER

CH

WATERCARRIER

FILTER &HOSE

AQUASOURCE

NONRETURNVALVE

DRAINVALVE

FILTER / PUMP / ACCUMULATOR

Water system schematic caravanwithout water tank

Page 41: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

41

Services

WHALE FRESH WATER INLET(IF FITTED)The hose and carbon filter assemblysupplied with your caravan, is to beconnected to the water inlet on the exteriorof your caravan, to draw water from anexternal container.

Place carbon filter fitted to hose, into watercontainer.

Insert plug into wall socket and close lid tolock plug in place (see image)

Adjust dust cover over water containeropening. Please note dust cover covershould not be secured to water container asair must be allowed to enter container toreplace water being drawn out.

Ensure drain valves in water system andat water heater are in closed positions(See page 40 for more detail)

Open one hot tap (kitchen sink) withincaravan.

With 12V power available to applianceswithin the caravan, switch the pump‘ON/OFF’ switch on the control panel to the‘ON’ position.

Water will flow from the open tap after fillingthe water heater. This can take a fewminutes if the heater is empty. The watermay be at first grey in colour which is quitenormal, the discolouration is due to harmlessmedia being flushed out of the new filtercartridge.

When water is flowing smoothly close hottap and open cold tap to expel anyremaining air in the system. Repeat this ateach tap / shower mixer in the caravan.

The system is now ready for use. Hose canbe inserted into plug groove (see image) tokeep filter off ground while refilling watercontainer. Keep socket lid shut at all timeswhen plug is removed.

When the caravan is left unattended or watersupply has been allowed to empty, toprevent the pump running continuously(which can cause pump damage) turn thepump switch on the control panel to the‘OFF’ position.

A pack containing two replacement filters(product code WF3000) is available.Filters will need to be replaced after filtering3000 litres (approx. 33 days of normal use).These filters are not designed for removingbacteria and should not be used on watersupplies of an unknown bacterial quality.

Take care to retain the o-ring seal whenreplacing filters.

FLOJET AUTOMATIC WATERSYSTEM PUMPFEATURES

Self-PrimingDry RunningSoft Noise Absorbing MountsSnap-in Port FittingsBuilt-in Bypass Less PulsationCorrosion Resistant MaterialsMeets ISO 8846

SPECIFICATIONS

Motor: Permanent Magnet, Ball BearingTotally Enclosed. CE Models are fullysuppressed.

Pump: Three chamber diaphragm designSelf-priming up to 9 feet suction lift; Pumpable to run dry without damage

OPERATION

With pump switch off and battery fully charged,fill water tank, open all faucets, then turn pumpswitch on. Water will begin to flow. When thewater is free of air, turn faucets off. Remember,you are filling the water heater and pipes.When all valves are shut-off, pump will stop.Should pump fail to stop, turn switch off andsee the trouble shooting.

Page 42: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

ServicesTROUBLESHOOTING

WARNING: BEFORE SERVICING PUMP,TURN OFF PUMP AND DRAIN WATERFROM SYSTEM!

Failure to prime Motor operates, but no pump dischargeRestricted intake or discharge lineAir leak in intake lineDebris in pumpPunctured pump diaphragm (pump leaks)Crack in pump housing

Motor fails to turn onLoose wiring connection Pump circuit has no powerBlown fusePressure switch failureDefective motor

Pulsating flowRestricted pump delivery. Check dischargelines, fittings and valves for clogging orundersizing

Pump fails to turn off after all fixtures are closedEmpty water tankInsufficient voltage to pump (low battery)Punctured pump diaphragm (pump leak)Defective pressure switch

Low flow and pressureAir leak at pump intakeAccumulation of debris inside pump and plumbing

Worn pump bearing (excessive noise)Punctured pump diaphragm (pump leaks_Defective motor

SYSTEM CARE AND MAINTENANCEWinterizing

Allowing water to freeze in the system mayresult in damage to the pump and plumbing system.

Non-Toxic antifreeze for potable water maybe used with Flojet pumps. Followmanufacturers recommendations.

For specific winterizing and drainageprocedures refer to page 49.

Do not use automotive antifreeze towinterize potable water systems. Thesesolutions are highly toxic and may causeserious injury or death if ingested.

1. Drain the water tank (if fitted). Open tankdrain valve. You may use the pump todrain the tank by opening all the faucets inthe system. Allow the pump to operateuntil) the tank is empty. Do not operate thepump more than 15 minutes continuously

2. Open all faucets and purge the waterfrom the plumbing system. Turn power tothe pump off. Be sure that all the waterfrom the drain lines are drained

Remove quick connect inlet and outletfittings from the pump and turn the pump onto pump out remaining water from the pumphead. Be sure to have a catch pan or a rag

under the pump to prevent water fromspilling. Turn the pump off once theplumbing is empty. Leave the fittingsdisconnected from the pump until thesystem is ready to be used again. Make anote on your tank filler that the plumbing isnot connected.

Be sure that all faucets are left open toprotect against damage to the plumbing.

Sanitizing

Portable water systems require periodicmaintenance to deliver a consistent flow offresh water. Depending on use and theenvironment the system is subject to,sanitizing is recommended prior to storingand before using the water system after aperiod of storage.

42

Page 43: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Services

43

SHURE FLO PUMP ANDACCUMULATOR ASSEMBLY

SHURFLO RV FRESH WATERPUMP

INSTALLATION AND OPERATION Shurflo’s patented RV Fresh Water Pumps fordrinking water were developed to deliverysmooth, consistent flow at all ranges ofoperation, while drawing low current. Thebalanced diaphragm design incorporatesprecision ball bearings for long life. Eachmotor is equipped with an integral thermalbreaker and all units are CE approved. RVfresh water pumps are enclosed to preventincidental moisture from entering; however,they are not intended for environment wheresplashed water is present. When installedcorrectly, RV Fresh Water Pumps provideyears of quiet operation.

General Information

Shurflo water pumps meet the essentialhealth and safety requirements and are inconformity with the EU EMC directive89/336/FEC as specified in EN 55014 (1993).

Shurflo realises that in many instances ourpump is being installed as a replacementpump within an existing system. Thefollowing guidelines should be considered toachieve optimum pump operation.

Mounting

The pump can be at the same level or belowthe water tank. It may be positioned abovethe water tank if needed, as it is capable or a6 ft. (1.8m) vertical prime. Horizontal inlettubing will allow priming to 30 ft. (9m).

The pump should not be located in an areaof less than one cubic foot (0.03m) unlessadequate ventilation is provided. Excessiveheat may trigger the integral thermal breakerand interrupt operation. When thetemperature drops, the breaker willautomatically reset and start the operation.The pump may be mounted in any position.

The mounting feet are intended to isolate thepump from the mounting surface; overtightening, flattening, or use of oversizedscrews will reduce the ability to isolatevibration/noise.

Winterizing

If water is allowed to freeze in the system,serious damage to the plumbing and thepump may occur. Failures of this type willvoid the warranty. The best guaranteeagainst damage is to completely drain thewater system. However, non-toxic antifreezefor fresh water, available at local RV centres,may be used.

CAUTION: Do not use AutomotiveAntifreeze to winterize drinking watersystems. Such solutions are highly toxic.Ingestion may cause serious injury ordeath. To properly drain the systemperform the following:

Drain the water tank. If the tank doesn’thave a drain valve open all taps allowing thepump to operate (15min. ON. 15 min. OFF)until the tank is empty.

Open all the taps (including the lowest valveor drain in the plumbing) and allow the pumpto purge the water from the plumbing, thenturn the pump OFF.

Using a pan to catch the remaining water,remove the plumbing at the pump’sinlet/outlet ports. Turn the pump ON,allowing it to operate until the water isexpelled. Turn OFF power to the pump oncethe plumbing is emptied. DO not reconnectpump plumbing. Make a note at tank filleras a reminder: “Plumbing is Disconnected”.

1

2

3

Upper HousingSwitch Assembly

ValveAssembly

DriveAssembly

Motor

Pump Head

5

4

Page 44: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

All taps must be left open to guard againstany damage.

TROUBLESHOOTINGVibration induced by road conditions ortransporting can cause plumbing or pumphardware to loosen. Check for systemcomponents that are loose.Many symptoms can be resolved by simplytightening the hardware. Check the followingitems along with other particulars of yoursystem.

PUMP WILL NOT START/BLOWS CIRCUIT

- Electrical connections, fuse or breaker,main switch and ground connection.

- Is the motor hot? Thermal breaker mayhave triggered; it will reset when cool.

- Is voltage present at the switch? Bypassthe pressure switch. Does the pumpoperate?

- Charging System for correct voltage(±10%) and good ground.

- For an open or grounded circuit, or motor;or improved sized wire.

- For seized or locked diaphragm assembly(water frozen?).

WILL NOT PRIME/SPUTTERS:

(No discharge/motor runs)

- Is the strainer clogged with debris?

- Is there water in the tank, or has aircollected in the hot water heater?

- Is the inlet tubing/plumbing sucking in air atplumbing connections (vacuum leak?)

- Is the inlet/outlet plumbing severelyrestricted or kinked?

- Proper voltage with the pump operating(±10%)

- For debris in pump inlet/outlet valves orswollen/dry valves

- Pump housing for cracks or loose driveassembly screws

PUMP WILL NOT SHUT-OFF/RUNS WHENTAP IS CLOSED:

- Output side (pressure) plumbing for leaks,and inspect for leaky valves or toilet

- For air trapped in outlet side (water heater)pump head

- For correct voltage to pump (±10%)

- For loose drive assembly or pumphead screws

- Are the valves or internal check vale heldopen by debris or is rubber swollen?

- Pressure switch operation/adjustmentincorrect, refer to shut-off adjustment forswitch

NOISY OR ROUGH OPERATION:

- For plumbing which may havevibrated loose

- Is the pump plumbed with rigid pipecausing noise to transmit?

- Does the mounting feet that are loose orare compressed too tight

- For loose pump head to motor screws(3 long screws)

- The motor with pump head removed.Is noise from motor or pump head?

RAPID CYCLING:

- Pressure switch shut-off adjustment

- Water filter/purifier should be on separatefeed line

- For restrictive plumbing, flow restrictors intaps/shower heads

LEAKS FROM PUMP HEAD OR SWITCH:

- For loose screws at switch or pump head

- Switch diaphragm ruptured or pinched

- For punctured diaphragm if water is presentin the drive assembly

44

Services

Page 45: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

45

Services

LIMITED WARRANTYShurflo warrants its RV Duty Fresh WaterPumps to be free of defects in workmanshipand materials under normal use, for twoyears beginning with the purchase date ofthe unit.

This warranty does not extend to any Shurfloproducts, which have been misapplied,improperly installed or altered outside theShurflo factory.

Accessories & Fittings

Shurflo’s warrants its accessories and fittingsto be free of defects in workmanship andmaterials (under normal use) for one yearbeginning with the purchase date of theaccessory or fitting.

This warranty does not extend to any Shurfloproducts, which have been misappliedand/or improperly installed.

All Products

Shurflo is not responsible nor will it reimbursefor labour necessary to remove and reinstall apump and/or fittings and accessories if founddefective.

Shurflo’s obligation under this warranty policyis limited to the replacing or repairing(whichever it deems advisable) any such part,which is returned to Shurflo’s factory withtransportation charges pre-paid and whichupon Shurflo’s inspection is founddefective under the terms of this warranty.

SHURE FLO ACCUMULATOR

In the majority of installations the Shure Flopump is mounted with a Shure Floaccumulator. The Shure Flo accumulatortank is a bladder type pressure storagevessel and/or pulsation dampening devicedesigned to hold water under pressure. Theaccumulator tank provides additional waterstorage to assist the pump in meeting thetotal demands of the system. It extendspump life by eliminating pump pulsationon/off. The accumulator also makes smallamounts of water available at a momentsnotice without cycling the pump.

To work with the 30psi pump installed, theaccumulator pressure should be set at 18psi,+/- 5psi, and before installation the

accumulator is factory set with a pre-chargeof 20psi.

During the life of the accumulator the pre-charge pressure should not require frequentadjustment, but checking the pressureannually is advisable. The accumulator isfitted with a Schreider valve on the top of thechamber which allows the pre-chargepressure to be checked and/or adjusted. Thepressure can be checked with a tyrepressure gauge, and adjustments can bemade if necessary with a bicycle hand pump.Please note that the pre-charge pressure of20psi must not be exceeded for long termstorage or during system non use.

INBOARD WATER TANKS ANDON-LINE WATER SYSTEMSPlease refer to the water system schematicon page 40 with reference to theseinstructions. Two model specific systems arein use:

- Pressure switched systems in caravanswith no internal water tank as alreadydescribed.

- Pressure switched systems in caravanswith an internal tank, featuring a singlepump with valve arrangement to cover allwater system requirements.

181-2xx

Page 46: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

INTERNAL TANK OPERATIONS –PRESSURE SWITCHED SYSTEM

When an internal water tank is fitted optionsexist to supply water to the taps and showerfrom either the internal tank or the externalsupply.

Before using the water system ensure thatthe drain valves both in the hot and coldcircuit and adjacent to the water heater arein the closed positions (See page 40)

TO USE AN EXTERNAL WATER CARRIERTO SUPPLY THE TAPS:

- Ensure that the external hose and filterassembly is connected, and suspended inthe external water container with waterpresent.

- Close the tank isolation valve on the midright of the tank installation, (see diagrampage 40)

- Turn the selector valve to the left of thetank installation clockwise to connect theexternal supply to the water pump.

- Switch the pump switch to the ‘ON’position on the control panel

If the taps within the caravan are closed, thepump will run until the correct pressure isattained within the plumbing. If the watersystem is being operated for the first time orfrom a drained condition, air in the systemwill need to be expelled. Opening the internal

taps in the caravan will allow this to happen,this should be repeated at the hot and coldposition of each tap / mixer, until water isflowing freely in all cases.

TO USE THE INTERNAL WATER TANK TOSUPPLY THE TAPS:

- Check the water level gauge on the controlpanel to confirm the water level within thetank.

- Close the tank isolation valve on the midright of the tank installation, (see diagrampage 40).

- Turn the selector valve to the left of thetank installation anti-clockwise to connectthe supply from the internal tank to thewater pump.

- Switch the pump switch to the ‘ON’position on the control panel

If the taps are closed within the caravan thepump will run until the correct pressure isattained within the plumbing system. If anyof the taps are open water will flow fromthose taps as soon as the pump is switchedon, unless the system is being run for thefirst time or from a drained condition.

TO FILL THE INTERNAL TANK:

- Ensure that the external hose and filterassembly is connected, and suspended inthe external water container with waterpresent.

- Open the tank isolation valve on the midright of the tank installation, (see diagrampage 40)

- Turn the selector valve to the left of the tankinstallation clockwise to connect theexternal supply to the water pump.

- Ensure all of the taps within the caravan arein their closed positions.

- Switch the pump switch to the ‘ON’position on the control panel

Water will now be drawn from the externalcontainer by the internal pump and forcedinto the internal tank. Water will flow into thetank until either the external container isempty, or the internal tank overflows.Progress can be monitored using the waterlevel gauge on the control panel.

Services

46

Page 47: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

47

Services

WHALE AQUASOURCEThe Aquasource allows mains water to beconnected to the caravan in place of the inlethose and filter, as shown on the watersystem schematics. The Whale Aquasourcecan only be used with the Whale water inlet.The hose features pressure reduction valveswhich reduce mains water pressure to a levelwhich will prevent damage to the caravanwater system.

If a pressure switched system is installed andthe Aquasource is plugged in instead of thehose and filter, the operation of the watersystem is unchanged. The pump will still runwhen an internal tap is opened or during atank filling operation.

When using an Aquasource system, do notsleep or leave the vehicle unattended withoutturning off the mains tap.

WARNING: It is not recommended to tow with water in the onboard water tankas this could affect stability.

WARNING: Do not under any circumstances connect your caravan to the mains water supply without the pressure reducer fitted. Damage will occur to the caravan's water system.

Page 48: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

GUIDANCE ON CLEANING PORTABLEWATER TANKS AND THE WATER SYSTEMIN TOURING AND MOTOR CARAVANS

The water systems, and in particular storagetanks, in caravans are susceptible tocontamination by bacteria if care is not takenwith their use and cleaning. The symptomscaused by bacterial contamination are notpurely limited to gastro-intestinal diseases,but may also manifest themselves as ear,nose, throat, eye or skin infections. It istherefore important that you carry out thefollowing procedure prior to using thecaravan each time, even if you boil or filterall water you use for drinking.

Separate Water Containers

1. All water remaining in the container should be disposed of so that the container is empty.

2. The outside of the container should be thoroughly cleansed and washed down toremove any dirt, dust or other contaminant.Water at a suitably hot temperature containing an appropriate detergent is recommended for this purpose.

3. Water should be put in the container, swirled around, then emptied out.

4. The container should then be totally filled with water containing an appropriate sterilant solution and allowed to stand forthe recommended contact time (e.g. Milton for 15 minutes).

5. The solution should be emptied from the container.

6. The opening of the container should be cleaned thoroughly with an appropriate prepared wipe impregnated with a sterilant.

7. The container should be inverted whilst stored overnight (if possible).

8. The container must be filled with mains water only and mains water only should be used for the above cleaning procedure.

9. On no account should garden hoses be used to fill water tanks.

For Systems:

1. Drain down the system (open all taps to allow air in, enabling the system to drain quickly).

2. Remove any water filters fitted, and replace with a short length of hose or empty filter cartridge (this will ensure the filter is not affected by the disinfectant/ sterilant solution).

3. Fill the system by using the pump with a disinfectant/sterilant solution (check that the solution at full strength appears at all taps/showers). Allow to stand for the recommended period of time.

4. Drain the system completely.

5. Thoroughly clean the outside of all taps/connectors with a cloth soaked in the disinfectant/sterilant.

6. Flush the system through with clean drinking water until no traces of disinfectant/sterilant can be detected at any tap.

7. Replace the filter.

Suitable sterilising chemicals are availablefrom your caravan dealer, accessory shop,chemist or home-brew shops. It is not,however, recommended to use bleach orsodium metabisulphite.

This guidance has been prepared with thekind co-operation and assistance of TheEnvironmental Health Department of TheBorough Council of King's Lynn and WestNorfolk.

WARRANTYProducts are guaranteed from the date ofpurchase against defects in materials andworkmanship. If the unit proves faulty, returnit to your supplier with proof of purchase andpurchase date. Please note that frostdamage is not a valid warranty claim.

The manufacturer retains the right to repairor replace the unit. The manufacturer cannotbe held responsible for claims arising fromincorrect installation, unauthorisedmodification or misuse of the product. Theabove does not affect your statutory rights.

Services

48

Page 49: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

49

Services

BBQ POINT(MODEL SPECIFIC)

TEST POINT

REGULATORISOLATOR VALVE

Typical gasschematic drawing

Page 50: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

GASGENERAL INFORMATION

Gas BottlesBottled Liquified Petroleum Gas (LPG) is themost convenient portable source of fuel foryour caravan. Make sure that heating andcooking appliances and the gas cylinders areswitched off before you move the caravan.

Regularly check flexible gas hose, joints andconnections for tightness. Finally make surethat each gas appliance is working efficientlyto the recommendations of the appliancemanufacturers.

Only use gas bottle cylinders that are locatedwithin their dedicated position within the frontgas bottle housing, never extend hose - hoselengths must not exceed 400mm

RegulatorYour caravan is supplied with a wall mountedgas regulator plumbed inside the gas bottlecompartment. The regulator and all applianceswork at a harmonised 30mb pressure, whichwork with Butane and Propane gas.

Pressure regulation system in this vehicle hasa fixed working pressure of 30 mbar with aflow rate of 1.5 kg/h and complies with therequirements of EN 12864 annex D.

Note: Regulator valves should always be inthe ‘OFF’ position when towing.

Gas HosesA high pressure hose, or pigtails as they arebeing called must be used with the new styleregulator (Fig B).

LPG bottles i.e. Propane, Butane andCamping Gaz cylinders all have varying bottleadaptor connections. It is important to checkyou have the correct hose and adaptor to suityour gas bottles. Push on hoses are nolonger permitted under the new regulations,The new high-pressure hoses have threadedconnections and must be securely attachedto the regulator and to the gas bottle.

Ensure that there is a constant rise in theflexible gas hose between the gas bottleoutlet and the regulator elbow.

WARNING: Inspect flexible gas hose(s)regularly for deterioration and renew asnecessary with the approved type, in anycase no later than 5 years after the dateof manufacture marked on the hose.

WARNING: Ensure hoses do not become entangled in door mechanism.

Cylinder compartmentAll cylinder compartments have two universalplastic mouldings fitted to the floor of thecompartment that are designed to fit bothsteel and BP Gas Light cylinders.

TYPES OF GASButaneButane is supplied in the U.K. in green, blueor aluminium bottles.

All these have a male left hand threadEXCEPT for Camping Gaz which has aspecial female right hand thread and Calor7kg and 15kg and aluminium bottles whichhave a special clip-on connection.

A 7kg bottle is recommended for butanegas use.

Fig. A Gas Bottle CompartmentFig. B Gas Regulator

Services

50

Page 51: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

ServicesContinental bottles usually have a male lefthand thread similar to but not identical withU.K. butane.

Butane is suitable for use at temperaturesdown to 2°C but will not work below that.

PropanePropane is supplied in Red, or partly redbottles which have a female left handthreaded connector.

Scandinavian countries use the sameconnector.

Germany and Austria supply propane with amale connection.

Propane will work at temperatures as low as-40°C and is therefore suitable for all wintercaravanning.

A 6kg bottle is recommended for propanegas use.

GAS SAFETY ADVICE

WARNING: If you smell gas or suspect a leak and if it is safe to do so, isolate the gas appliances and turn off the gas bottles at the regulator. Evacuate the caravan and ventilate. Seek professionaladvice as to the cause of the leak.

WARNING: Inside outlet sockets shallonly be used with dedicated appliancesi.e. equipment supplied with the TouringCaravan. No gas appliance shall be usedoutside when connected to an insidesocket.

Facts about LPG

LPG is not poisonous.

Bi-products are harmless.

There is danger if all air and oxygen wereexcluded.

(Ventilation holes must be kept clear at alltimes).

LPG has been given a smell by themanufacturers in order to identify leaks.

Awning Spaces LPG Appliance Exhaust

There is no danger of pollution of anenclosed awning space by the LPG exhaustfrom a refrigerator venting into it, as awningspaces are generally well ventilated.

Space heaters may produce sufficientexhaust to pollute the awning space, if it istotally enclosed, from a general comfort,smell and hygiene point of view. In theextreme case there could be a build up ofcarbon dioxide to a dangerous level.

Caravan owners are advised to allow somefresh air circulation in the awning spacewhen such appliances are in use.

PRECAUTIONSa) Never look for a leak with a match.

Always use a soap solution or its equivalent when testing connections.Do not operate any electrical apparatus whatsoever, especially light switches. Ifthe leak is not obvious, the caravan should be evacuated and qualified personnel consulted.

b) Avoid naked lights when connecting or changing a cylinder.

c) Check the flexible hose frequently.

d) The gas is heavier than air and therefore sinks to the lowest point.

e) Keep bottle gas containers outside (and protected against frost). If they must be kept inside make sure they are well away from heat.

WARNING: Do not use appliances with adifferent working pressure to 30mbar.

WARNING: Maintain adequate spacing ofcombustible materials from sources ofheat.

WARNING: Do not use independentportable gas appliances inside thevehicle.

WARNING: A BBQ point inlet valve, if fitted, must only be used for theconnection of portable LPG appliances.

51

Page 52: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Always read individual applianceinstructions

VENTILATIONAll ventilation complies with BSEN 721 andvents should not be obstructed in anymanner as this could lead to insufficient freshair. In this case the confined atmospherebecomes depleted of oxygen which leads tothe formation of the highly poisonous gas‘carbon monoxide’. Carbon Monoxide isodourless, colourless and tasteless and willrapidly cause unconsciousness and deathwith little or no warning prior to collapse.THERE IS NO DANGER WHEN ADEQUATEVENTILATION IS PROVIDED.

Roof-mounted Flue installationsAll flue installations should be inspectedonce a year throughout their length forcorrosion. Flues should be replaced if anysign of perforation is found. Ensure that thereplacement is of an approved type.

CONNECTIONEnsure that the gas regulator hose iscorrectly connected to the gas cylinder ingas bottle compartment and that the hoseconnection is tight.

Gas bottles must be fully located, seated atthe base of the bottles and restrained by thestrap provided in the dedicated compartmentposition.

Straps are positioned to suit 6kg and 7 kgbottles.

WARNING: If using cylinders other thanthose recommended, the user mustensure these are adequately supported,ventilation openings must not beobstructed and the cylinders must notcause damage to other fixtures andfittings located in the compartment.

Open ended gas hoses must always beprotected from dirt and insects

Before turning on the gas supply at theregulator, ensure that all gas operatedequipment in the caravan is turned off.

All gas equipment (except barbecue) issupplied through a central Gas ManifoldSystem which has individual isolation tapsfor each appliance (Fig A), as follows:

RED - Water HeaterWHITE - Space Heater

BLUE - FridgeGREEN - OvenYELLOW - Barbecue (if fitted)

Note: the external barbecue point is fed fromthe main feed through a built in integratedisolation valve. See schematic layout fordetails.

THERMAL INSULATION HEATINGYour caravan has been designed to achieve athermal insulation and heating level forspecific climatic conditions when testedaccording to the procedure in EN1645-1.The classifications are as follows:

GRADE 1A caravan with an average thermaltransmittance (u) that does not exceed1.7w/(m2k).

GRADE 2A caravan with an average thermaltransmittance (u) that does not exceed1.7w/(m2k) and which can achieve anaverage temperature difference of at least20k between inside and outside temper-atures when the outside temperature is 0°C.

GRADE 3A caravan with an average thermaltransmittance (u) that does not exceed1.2w/(m2k) and which can achieve an average temperature difference of at least 35k between inside and outside temperatures when the outside temperatureis -15°C.Fig. A

Services

52

Page 53: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Services

53

ELECTRICITYAs with electricity in the home, care must beexercised when handling mains electricity.

Your attention is drawn to the followingnotice as laid down by the Institute ofElectrical Engineers.

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ELECTRICITYSUPPLY

On arrival at caravan site1. Before connecting the caravan installation

to the mains supply, check that

(a) both 12N, 12S or 13 pin plug(s) andhitch have been disconnected fromthe towing vehicle, once disconnectedthe 12N, 12S or 13 pin plug(s) shouldbe placed in the holder(s) provided toensure protection against mechanicaldamage and the elements,

(b) the mains supply is suitable for your installation and appliances, i.e. whether it is AC or DC and whether it is at the correct voltage and frequency,

(c) your installation will be properly earthed. Never accept a supply from a socket outlet or plug having only two pins, or from a lighting outlet, and

(d) any residual current device (earth leakage circuit breaker) in the mains supply to the caravan has been tested within the last month.

In case of doubt, consult the site owner orhis agent.

2. MAKE SURE THAT THE SWITCH AT THE SITE SUPPLY POINT IS OFF.

3. Lift the cover of the electricity inlet provided on the caravan, and insert the connector of the supply flexible cable.

4. Remove any cover from the socket outlet provided at the site supply point, and connect the plug at the other end of the supply flexible cable to this. Switch on the main switch at the site supply point.

Note: Use mains cable fully uncoiled andprotect from traffic.

IT IS IMPORTANT THAT THE MAINSWITCH AT THE SITE SUPPLY POINTSHOULD BE SWITCHED OFF, THESUPPLY FLEXIBLE CABLEDISCONNECTED, AND ANY COVERREPLACED ON THE SOCKET OUTLET ATTHE SITE SUPPLY POINT BEFOREDISCONNECTING THE FLEXIBLE CABLEFROM THE CARAVAN. IT IS DANGEROUSTO LEAVE THE SUPPLY SOCKET ORSUPPLY FLEXIBLE CABLE LIVE.

Because touring caravans are generally leftunused for long periods in the open, it isstrongly advised that the mains installation isinspected periodically to ensure that it issafe to use. The IEE Wiring Regulationsrecommend that mains installations intouring caravans are re-inspected every3 years by a qualified person who shouldsign and issue a periodic inspection report

NOTE: The manufacturer recommendsannual inspections.

Suitably qualified persons acceptable to theNCC to sign and issue inspection andcompletion certificates are:

• an approved contractor of the National Inspection Council for Electrical Installation Contracting* or

• a member of the Electrical Contractors’ Association

• a member of the Electrical Contractors’ Association of Scotland

Page 54: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

• a qualified person acting on behalf of the above (in which event it should be stated for whom he is acting).

*The names and addresses of ApprovedContractors in any locality (there are over10,500 in the UK) can be obtained fromElectricity Shops, or direct from:

NICEIC, Vintage House, 37 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7UJ

Telephone: 0171 582 7746

The names and addresses of members ofthe Electrical Contractors’ Associations canbe obtained direct from:

ECA, Esca House,Palace Court, London W2 4HY

Telephone: 0171 229 1266

ECA of Scotland, 23 Heriot RowEdinburgh EH3 6EW

Telephone: 0131 225 7221

WARNING: CURRENT CONSUMPTION IN THE CARAVAN MUST NOT EXCEED 16 AMPS OR THE PITCH PERMITTED MAXIMUM IF THIS IS LESS THAN 16 AMPS.

IT IS DANGEROUS TO ATTEMPT MODIFICATIONS AND ADDITIONS YOURSELF. LAMPHOLDER—PLUGS (BAYONET-CAP ADAPTORS) SHOULD NOT IN ANY CIRCUMSTANCES BE USED.

OVERSEAS CONNECTIONNote: Connection to a mains voltage supplyOVERSEAS requires particular attention.

Care must be taken when connectingsupplies abroad since the supplies can be ofREVERSE POLARITY.

The significance of REVERSE POLARITY isthat when equipment is switched off it maynot be electrically isolated.

The only certain way of making equipmentsafe is to unplug it.

It is useful to have a means of checkingpolarity of the mains supply, especially whentouring overseas. There are available several proprietary makes of equipment for testingpolarity.

If it can be achieved, it is preferable toconnect live to live, and neutral to neutral tomaintain full electrical protection.

WARNING: Never allow modifications of electrical or LPG systems andappliances except by qualified persons.

230V MAINS ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT POWERCONSUMPTIONNote: It is possible that the 230v mainselectrical equipment may not all operatesimultaneously. A typical UK motorhome sitemains hook up point provides a maximumoutput of 10 amps and on some continentalsites the available output may be as low as5 amps. If your loading exceeds the sitesupply it may trip the site circuit breaker.Please check the available mains supply withyour site operator.

Similarly loadings on each circuit breakerwithin the caravan should be observed.A label positioned close to the MCB’s willidentify which appliances within the caravanare fed from which MCB. Consulting thetable on page 55 in conjunction with thislabel, will give an indication of whichappliances can, and cannot, (site supplyallowing), be operated simultaneously.

Services

54

Page 55: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Services

55

WIRING OF CONNECTING CABLE AND CARAVAN MAINS INLET

WARNING: IT IS ESSENTIAL THAT CONNECTIONS ARE MADE EXACTLY AS SHOWN. IF TERMINAL MARKINGS ARE NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THEDIAGRAM THEY MUST BE IGNORED. IF IN DOUBT CONSULT A QUALIFIED ELECTRICIAN.

THE LEGAL LENGTH OF THE MAINS INLET CABLE IS 25 ± 2 METRES. WHEN IN USE IT MUST BE FULLY UNCOILED AND PROTECTED FROM TRAFFIC.

Page 56: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

230 Volt 12 Volt LP GasAppliance/ Item Watts Amperes Watts Amperes grams/hour

Refrigerator 115 W 0.5 amp Only when towing 12 - 17.5 g/h

Ultraheat Space Heater 500 W 2.2 amp 12 W

1000 W 4.5 amp 12 W 1.0 amp 30 to 280 g/h

2000 W 8.5 amp 12 W

Ultrastore Water heater 850 W 3.7 amp Not applicable 120 g/h

Cooker Hotplate 1 Not applicable Not applicable 161 g/h

Hotplate 2 Not applicable Not applicable 110 g/h

Hotplate 3 Not applicable Not applicable 73 g/h

Hotplate 4 800 W 3.5 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Grill Not applicable Not applicable 117 g/h

Oven Not applicable Not applicable 125 g/h

Battery Charger 430 W 1.9 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Lighting 230V (based on 2x 40 W bulbs) 80 W 0.3 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Lighting 12V (based on 10 W bulb) Not applicable 10 W 0.8 amp Not applicable

Avtex 15" LCD TV 345 W 1.5 amp 43 W 3.6 amp Not applicable

Pressure switched pump Not applicable 48 W 4.0 amp Not applicable

Radio/ CD player Not applicable 12 W 1.0 amp Not applicable

Omnivent position 1 Not applicable 15 W 1.2 amp Not applicable

position 2 Not applicable 30 W 2.5 amp Not applicable

position 3 Not applicable 50 W 4.0 amp Not applicable

Air Conditioning unit 1200 W 5.25 amp Not applicable Not applicable

Microwave (factory fit) 1200 W 5.3 amp Not applicable Not applicable

TYPICAL APPLIANCE CONSUMPTION FIGURES

Note: These are approximate figures for guidance only.

Services

56

Page 57: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

ELECTRICALEQUIPMENT

NE 171 Control Panel ............................................................. 58NE 183 & NE189 Control Panel & Control Unit .................... 59NE 190 Control Panel ............................................................. 62NE 143RM Power Supply Unit .............................................. 64Consumer Unit ....................................................................... 65Separate Charger ................................................................... 66Nordelettronica 12V DC Distribution Unit ............................ 66Habitation Relay ..................................................................... 66Battery Box .............................................................................. 67Solar Panel Connection ......................................................... 70Generator Guidelines ............................................................. 71

Page 58: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

58

NE171 CONTROL PANEL

CAR / VAN SELECTOR SWITCH

A car/caravan selector switch is provided onthis control panel and should be used in thefollowing way:

CARAVAN (VAN) POSITION

When in this position 12V DC power isavailable from the caravan battery to powerall 12V circuits. If the charger is switched ONthe caravan battery will be charged up bythe charger / transformer unit.

CENTRAL POSITION

When in this position with the charger switchON, power is provided to all 12V circuits viathe charger / transformer only. With thecharger off all 12V DC circuits are isolated.

CAR POSITION

The switch can be placed in this positionshould the caravan battery becomedischarged and a 230V supply is notavailable. First of all the towing vehicleshould be electrically connected with thecaravan via the 12S connector. Care isneeded to avoid discharging the battery inthe tow vehicle to an extent that the enginecannot be started.

Please note that when towing and using the12V element of the fridge, correct positioningof the car/van selector switch may berequired – see details in the ‘Towing Code’section of this handbook.

PUMP SWITCH AND INDICATOR

Included on this panel is a pump isolationswitch. The isolation switch illuminates theLED above the switch when in the onposition. The isolation switch is used toisolate the 12V DC power to the pump in theevent of a pump fault, or merely for use as asafeguard against unwanted pumpoperation.

BATTERY CONDITION METER

The Red display on the control panel showsthe voltage of the caravans 12V DC circuitsmeasured at the control panel. This figurewill change as the charger is switched ON orOFF, when 12V DC appliances are switchedON or OFF, and as the state of charge of thecaravan battery changes.

With the charger switched ON it is possiblefor the voltage shown to be up to 13.8V.With the charger switched OFF or no 230Vsupply present, and with the car/selectorswitch in the VAN position, the reading givesan indication of caravan battery voltage.

- A voltage below 11V, when no 12V DCappliances are operating, would indicatethe battery requires charging.

- A voltage above 12V would indicate thatthe battery is in a good state of charge.

- If a figure between 11V and 12V is shownthe battery should be re-charged if desired.Maintaining a leisure battery in a goodstate of charge will assist in ensuringmaximum service life for the battery.

Page 59: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

NE183 CONTROL PANEL NE189 CONTROL UNIT LOW & HIGH

CONTROLS:

Press this key to turn the controlpanel ON. Depending upon thesoftware version, either a

momentary or longer (1 second or more)press may be required to turn the controlpanel on. In stand-by mode (without activecontrols) the NE183 control panel with theNE189 control unit consumes a total ofapprox. 40 mA.

Hold this key down for over 1 second to turnoff the control panel, reducing totalconsumption to just 1 mA.

If the leisure battery voltage drops below10V for over 2 minutes the control panelturns itself off.

Starting the System will use the first availablepower source from VAN, CHARGER or CAR.

Key with LED to turn ON/OFF thePUMP. The pump does not workwhen the control panel is off .

When the pump is working the LED is blinking.

Key for turning LIGHT group A onand off.

Key for turning LIGHT group B onand off.

Key with LED toconnect/disconnect the VANBattery. If the charger is not

working and the VAN battery is notconnected the system will go off.

If the VAN Battery voltage remains under10,0V more than two minutes, the Systemwill automatically disconnect the VANBattery and the System will go OFF.

Key with LED toconnect/disconnect the CARBattery. If the charger is not

working and the CAR battery is notconnected the system will go off.

If the CAR Battery voltage remains under10,5V more than two minutes, the Systemwill automatically disconnect the CARBattery and the System will go OFF.

VIEWING:

The main screen always shows the internaltemperature , the time and date.

If there is a mainssupply and thecharger is working thedisplay shows theicon ( ).

Press this key onceto viewthe waterlevel in the

fresh water tank (0,1/4, 2/4, 3/4 and 4/4)if connected withControl Unit HIGH.

The screen shown remains active for approx.30 seconds. If connected with Control UnitLOW, this page can be disabled in thePROGRAMMING section.

Press the key twiceto view the voltagefor the leisure andcar batteries.

The screen shownremains active forapprox. 30 seconds.

When the BatteryCharger is workingand no battery isconnected a specific page willshow the BatteryCharger voltage.

59

Page 60: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

60

The screen shown remains active for approx.30 seconds.

Display contrast can be adjusted by turningthe white pin on the back of the panel.

PROGRAMMING:

Hold down this key for over 3seconds to enter theprogramming menu.

Use the arrow keys to change page.

Press the enter key ( ) repeatedly to enterthe page and select the value to bechanged.

The arrow keys are used to increase orreduce the selected value, whereas thecancel ( ) key is used to quit the functionand save the figure.

The following pages are available:

– Regulation of date and time

– Regulation and enabling of clock. Whenthe clock is enabled, the main screenshows the icon ( ). The clock will soundfor 30 seconds; press any key to stop it.

– Enabling of tank alarms: fresh water tankempty. When this happens a buzzer isgenerated and at the same time the displayshows the tank viewing window. The tankalarm does not work with the control paneloff or the engine / alternator running.

– Enabling of flat Van and Car batteries.Whenever the Van or Car battery drops

below 10V (or 10,5) for over 30 seconds abuzzer is generated and at the same timethe display shows the viewing window forbattery voltage. The battery alarm does notwork with the control panel off or theengine / alternator running.

– Enabling of key beeper.

– Programming dimmer level of the LED;after 50 seconds without any operation onthe Panel all the LED light will be reduced.At any press the light come On again.

ADDITIONAL FUNCTION:

The SYSTEM NE183-NE189 provides someinformation about typical fault:

OVERLOAD PUMP: When the pump tries towork but there is a problem in the pump circuit.

If the Pump is changed, please use thesame type otherwise some false warning willbe displayed.

OVERVOLTAGE: If an overvoltage comingfrom the battery charger is detected, thebattery and the loads will be disconnected.

NO CONNECTION: The communicationsystem between the Control Panel and theConsumer Unit is not working.

LOW BATTERY: Starting the System but allthe available power source are lower then9,0 V.

MEMORY BATTERY:

On the back of the NE183 control panelthere is a buffer battery (LITHIUM 3VCR2032) to maintain the time and variousprogramming functions if 12V energy supplyfor the PCB fails.

Page 61: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

61

Page 62: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

NE190 CONTROL PANEL

COMMAND:

Key with LED to enable/disable thePUMP. When the pump is workingthe LED is blinking.

Key with LED toconnect/disconnect the VANBattery. If the charger is not

working and the VAN battery is notconnected the system will not switch.

If the VAN Battery voltage remains under10,0V more than two minutes, the System willautomatically disconnect the VAN Battery,E4 is blinking for 30 seconds.

Key with LED toconnect/disconnect the CARBattery. If the charger is not

working and the CAR battery is not

connected the system will not switch.

If the CAR Battery voltage remains under10,5V more than two minutes, the System willautomatically disconnect the CAR Battery, E4is blinking for 30 seconds.

When the main is connected and thecharger is working, the LED is on. Whenone of the battery is connected too, the

Charger is charging the battery connected.

Key to view the voltage of the system.

– only main LED on, the panel willshow the charger’s outputVoltage.

– only CAR/VAN LED, the panel will showthe battery voltage.

– MAIN + BATTERY LED, the panel will showthe system voltage.

When the NE190 Panel is connected to aSystem with water level if you push againthe TEST, the panel will show the ClearWater Level:

After 30 second without any push buttonused the panel will switch off the numberdisplay and the LED will reduce thebrightness.

When push again the indications will comeON.

When the engine is running, all the load(exception of the fridge) will be switched

OFF and the Leisure battery will beconnected to the engine power generator.

The SYSTEM NE189-NE190 provide someinformation about typical fault:

Error 1 OVERLOAD PUMP

When the pump tries to work butthere is a problem in the pumpcircuit.If this message is displayed, all thepush button will be disabled for 5seconds. If the Pump is changed,please use the same type otherwisesome false warning will bedisplayed.

Error 2 OVERVOLTAGE

An overvoltage is detect from thebattery charger, the battery and theloads will be disconnected.

Error 3 NO CONNECTION

The communication systembetween the Control Panel and theFuseboard is not working.

Error 4 LOW BATTERY

Starting the System but all theavailable power source are lessthen 9,0 V.

Error 5 TANK LEADS PROBLEM

The connection between the TankSensor and the Fuseboard is in thewrong sequence or one lead isbroken

Electrics

62

Page 63: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

63

Page 64: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

64

POWER SUPPLY UNIT NE143RM The NE143RM power supply unit controls230V AC power and provides 12V DC outputas follows:

Mains 230V AC - Mains Module with earth leakage protection and over current protection.

The NE143RM power supply units aredesigned to operate on a mains supply of207V - 253V AC (for use with low continentalvoltages). The 40 amp RCD gives protectionagainst earth faults and also acts as themain switch. The mains module then hasthree MCB's, the ratings of which areappropriate to the appliances and circuitswithin the caravan.

For details of the circuits linked to eachMCB, please refer to the label positionedclose to the NE unit. Each MCB carries anindication of its nominal current rating, and atable on page 55 of this handbook givesdetails of the loadings for each appliance. Itmay not be possible to operatesimultaneously all appliances linked to anMCB, please also consider the total currentloading relative to the 230V AC supplyavailable to the caravan.

12V DC - The NE143RM power supply unitemploys a fully automatic 12V DC charger,which can operate with a wide range of 230VAC input voltages, and provides a stable

output voltage even under load. The unit canprovide up to 18 amp (@12V) continuously.

The battery charger uses an algorithm whichmakes it possible to significantly reducecharging time and avoid permanent damageto batteries. It starts charging at maximumcurrent until the battery reaches a voltage of14.4V, then charging takes place at aconstant voltage of 13.8V. In this state therecharge current gradually decreases andthe battery can be left permanentlyconnected to the charger without causing itany damage.

The battery charger is fitted with circuitrywhich will protect it in the event of electricalor thermal overload. Should the current drawexceed the rated output of the unit, then itwill begin shutting down. This will probablybe noticed as dimming of the 12V lighting.On the removal of the excessive load thecharger will automatically recover. To protectagainst overheating there is an electronicthermal protection circuit, which will operateshould the temperature of the unit rise abovea safe level. If this happens then the outputwill shut off until the temperature hasdropped back to a safe level.

In addition to the mains module, threeswitches are present on the front of theNE143RM

NE143RM

SPACE HEATER

This switch can be used to isolate power tothe 230V element on the Truma spaceheater. This is in addition to the selection of'OFF', '500W', '1000W' or '2000W' on thespace heater's own control module.

WATER HEATER

This switch controls 230V power to theTruma Ultrastore water heater. This is theonly means of turning the electric element inthe water heater on or off.

CHARGER

This switch controls the charger within theNE143RM. As previously stated the charger

Page 65: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

65

is fully automatic and does not requireswitching on or off in normal operation.However if 230V input current is limited,turning the charger off may allow use ofother 230V appliances.

When this model of NE power supply unit isfitted a separate 12V DC fusing arrangementcan be found at the front of the caravanlayout, as detailed on page 61.

CONSUMER UNIT

The consumer unit when fitted acts as themain switch for the caravan 230V system,allowing isolation of all 230V circuits. It formspart of a modular power system along with a12V distribution unit and separate charger.The unit gives both overload (MCB) andearth leakage protection (RCD) for theelectrical supply in your caravan.

For normal operation all RCD and MCB switcheson the unit should be in the ON position.

The three switches shown as MCB's(Miniature Circuit Breakers) take the place ofconventional fuses but are more convenient.

Having too many appliances switched on atthe same time will trip the MCB's. This is asafety measure (for appliance ratings seeconsumption table, 230V column). Additionallyin the event of a fault the MCB will 'trip', i.e.the switch will automatically move to the offposition. After eliminating the fault or reducingthe load the MCB can be re-set by switchingback to the on position (against the springpressure in an upwards direction).

If an earth fault develops or a persontouches a live piece of equipment, theleakage of current to earth shouldimmediately operate the RCD (ResidualCurrent Device) and 'trip' the switch for thismodule to the OFF position. This switch isonly re-settable after elimination of the fault.To re-set, operate the switch as for theMCB's.

Periodically the RCD should be checked byoperating the button marked 'T'. The unitshould immediately switch to the OFFposition. If the unit does not switch off, thena qualified electrician should be consulted. Ifthe unit does switch off, the test is completeand the switch can be re-set restoring thesupply back to normal.

Three smaller switches feature on the lowerpart of the unit:

SPACE HEATER

This switch can be used to isolate power tothe 230V element on the Truma spaceheater. This is in addition to the selection of'OFF', '500W', '1000W' or '2000W' on thespace heater's own control module.

WATER HEATER

This switch controls 230V power to theTruma Ultrastore water heater. This is theonly means of turning the electric element inthe water heater on or off.

CHARGER

This switch controls the charger within theNE143RM. As previously stated the chargeris fully automatic and does not requireswitching on or off in normal operation.However if 230V input current is limited,turning the charger off may allow use ofother 230V appliances.

Page 66: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Please note that if the caravan is fitted withAlde or Truma Combi water/space heaterequipment, the switch marked WATERHEATER isolates the supply of 230V to theappliance and the switch marked SPACEHEATER is not used.

SEPARATE CHARGERIf fitted the NE143 charger/power supply unitis a fully automatic 12V DC charger, whichcan operate with a wide range of 230V ACinput voltages, and provides a stable outputvoltage even under load. The unit canprovide up to 18 amp (@12V) continuously.

The battery charger uses an algorithm whichmakes it possible to significantly reducecharging time and avoid permanent damageto batteries. It starts charging at maximumcurrent until the battery reaches 14.4v, thencharging takes place at a constant voltage of13.8v. In this state the recharge currentgradually decreases and the battery can beleft permanently connected to the chargerwithout causing it any damage.

The battery charger is fitted with circuitrywhich will protect it in the event of electricalor thermal overload. Should the current drawexceed the rated output of the unit, then itwill begin shutting down. This will probablybe noticed as dimming of the 12V lighting.On the removal of the excessive load thecharger will automatically recover. To protectagainst overheating there is an electronic

thermal protection circuit, which will operateshould the temperature of the unit rise abovea safe level. If this happens then the outputwill shut of until the temperature hasdropped back to a safe level.

NORDELETTRONICA 12V DCDISTRIBUTION UNITWhen the NE143RM power supply unit isfitted, a separate 12V DC distribution unitcan be found in the front bed area of thecaravan. This unit is responsible for fusingarrangements for all 12V DC circuits in thecaravan, i.e. fuses for internal lighting andappliances, road lighting and also towvehicle supplies.

Details of the circuits protected can be foundin the electrical schematic contained withinthe service handbook. Labelling on thedistribution unit also identifies fuse allocation.

Automotive type blade fuses are mounted onthe top face of the unit. Only ever replace afuse with another fuse of the same rating.

HABITATION RELAYTo conform to European Safety Standards(EMC), all caravans have been equipped witha habitation relay.

This relay is actuated when the 12N/12S or13-pin plugs are connected to the towvehicles sockets and the car ignition isturned on.

The relay automatically isolates all 12Vequipment within the caravan, excluding thefridges 12V power supply, from the car.

Electrics

66

Page 67: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

67

THETFORD BATTERY BOX The Thetford Battery Box is intended toaccommodate an auxiliary battery in yourcaravan. The Battery Box has a CE socketto connect to a 230 V power supply. Insidethe Battery Box there is the option to fitseveral sockets and outlets.

PRECAUTIONS AND SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

• Use caution when mounting the battery,as batteries contain acid liquids whichcan cause severe injuries and damagewhen handled incorrectly. Refer to theinstructions on the battery.

• Use protective clothing and glasses whenhandling a leaking battery, and avoiddirect contact to the skin, eyes andrespiratory organ.

Should a battery leakage occur, pleaseact according to the instructions suppliedby the manufacturer of the battery. Act with caution as caustic substances arepresent in the battery.

• No smoking is allowed in the area of theBattery Box.

• Before removing a battery you shouldalways check for spillages by touchingthe Soft Tray on the outside surface andsensing for any liquid spills. If you thinkthat liquid has been spilt, you shouldensure that the Soft Tray and battery arelifted together so that spillages will notoccur.

Page 68: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

INSTRUCTION

WARNING! • Use precaution when mounting the

battery, as batteries contain acid liquidswhich can cause severe injuries anddamage when handled incorrectly. Referto the instructions on the battery.

• No smoking is allowed in the area of theBattery Box!

• Please note that the CE socket has amax of 16 amp.

• The Thetford Battery Box is designedfor use with foot mounted batteries.These are recognisable by the rimaround the bottom edge of the battery.This rim will locate against the back wallof the Battery Box and the angle metalbracket, which is screwed into placewhen the battery is fitted. The depth ofthe battery including rim should bebetween 173mm and 175mm.

• This product meets the latest version ofthe EN 1648 part 1 and 2 standard.

Before placing the battery inside theBattery Box, the adjacent battery shouldbe placed into the Soft Tray and restedon the ground adjacent to the BatteryBox. Carefully connect the electricalwires (the red cable attaches to the +pole and the black cable to the - pole ofthe battery).

Note! Incorrect connection of the cables willcause a short circuit with potentialhazardous consequences. After mountingthe terminals, lift the battery together withthe Soft Tray into the middle of the BatteryBox compartment. Push the Soft Tray withbattery to the back of the Battery Box, intothe safeguard bulge. If necessary shift theSoft Tray to the right or left until the batteryis in place in the safety area (see photo 1).

The battery is located in the compartment bythe manual clamping plate. This has to bescrewed to the front of the box (screw isenclosed in package). Please ensure that theSoft Tray is pulled up tightly (to removecreases) before the plate is tightened. Therounded edge of the clamp prevents damageto the Soft Tray. Do not apply extreme forceto the screw.

When disassembling, follow this procedurein reversed order. Note! Always check theSoft Tray for acid first! If found, take safetyprecautions (such as protecting clothing,body and especially the eyes). In case ofcontact with acid, immediately rinse withplenty of water. Follow regulationsconcerning these chemicals.

Tip! Generally, car workshop and gas stationemployees are familiar with this matter.

When attaching the 220/230 volts cable onthe CE socket, the maximum recommendedthickness of the cable is 10 mm. When

closing the door, the attached cable is to befed through the slot at the bottom right ofthe door.

Photo 1

Photo 2

Electrics

68

Page 69: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

69

CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

• Use protective clothing and glasses whenhandling a leaking battery, and avoid directcontact to the skin, eyes and respiratoryorgan.

• Should a battery leakage occur, please actaccording to the instructions supplied bythe manufacturer of the battery. Act withcaution as caustic substances are presentin the battery.

• Always remove the battery and the powercable before carrying out any maintenanceof the product.

• Before removing the clamps switch off allappliances.

• No smoking is allowed in the area of theBattery Box.

• Use a soft cloth or sponge and a non-acid/abrasive detergent when cleaning theBattery Box and Soft Tray.

• To check if any acid is present in the SoftTray, simply press it softly. A strong smellfrom the Soft Tray may also indicate spilledacid. The battery can be filled again withacid collected from the Soft Tray. Disposalthrough local drains is possible and legallypermitted, on condition that the acid ismixed with water equalling 50 times theamount of acid. It is often possible todispose of acid at gas stations.

• Before the camping season or extensivetravelling, check the Soft Tray for faults andreplace if necessary.

• The cleaning of the Battery Box and SoftTray should only be done after all powersources have been switched off, in order toprevent a hazardous situations.

THETFORD WARRANTY

1. The Thetford Battery Box is warranted to the original purchaser for 3 years from thedate of purchase.

2. The warranty covers replacement of partsarising from defects and workmanshipand from the inability of the Battery Boxto perform its intended function.

3. In case of a defect apply to originaldealer or Thetford Service Center withproof of purchase.

4. Defects, which in our judgement occurredfrom misuse, negligence or accident, are not covered by the warranty. In addition, the warranty does not apply if theproduct is installed or handled improperly,if the product has been altered in anyway, has been repaired by unqualifiedpersons, or if the serial number and/ordate has been altered or removed.

- As the Battery Box is manufactured frompolypropylene, it is resistant to temperatures up to 60 degreesCentigrade. Installing the battery box in a

position where it will be exposed tohigher temperatures will invalidate thewarranty and could lead to an adverseeffect on the product.

5. Thetford products considered to be defective may be returned prepaiddirectly to Thetford. Any items receivedwhich are judged by Thetford to becovered under warranty will be dealt withaccordingly. Defective products notconsidered to be covered by warranty willincur repair, handling and return carriagecosts.

6. No other warranty is given and nopersonal representative is authorised tomake any warranty or assume liability bywords or action under any warranty otherthan that is contained herein.

Page 70: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

BATTERY INSTALLATIONUnder normal circumstances it should not benecessary to remove the battery other thanfor routine inspection of terminals and“topping up”.

WARNING: Explosive gases may be present at the battery. Take care to prevent flames and sparks in the vicinity.

Your caravan has been fitted with an in-linefuse between the battery terminal and stripconnector. It is recommended that the fuserating fitted in this location does not exceed20 amps.

WARNING: Switch off all appliances and lamps before disconnecting the battery.

Smoking is prohibited around the battery compartment.

To preserve the life of your leisure batteryand charger please observe the following:

i) Do not leave all 12V lights powered at thesame time as this will drain your leisure battery more rapidly.

ii) If all 12V lights must be poweredtogether, ensure the battery is 'in-circuit'i.e. selector switch in the 'van' positionand that the battery charger is turned on.

iii) For optimum performance use the transformer/charger unit with a leisure battery attached.

BATTERYIt is recommended that a good qualityrechargeable leisure battery is always incircuit when the system is in use.

A deep cycling heavy duty 12V batteryshould be purchased to provide power forlights and other electrical appliances. A proprietary brand leisure battery with aminimum of 85 Amp capacity isrecommended.

Note: 85 Amp batteries and above shouldbe checked dimensionally beforepurchasing, to ensure fitment within thebattery compartment, as brands vary in size.

It should be remembered that batteriessuitable for the electrical demands of acaravan differ in design from those for usewith a car, and whilst the system mayoperate with a car battery it is stronglyrecommended that only a leisure typebattery, maintained in good condition isused. The battery should be kept topped upat all times.

Note: Some models may have more thanone 12V socket fitted, the 6 Amps indicatedis available from the 12V socket provided noother 12V socket is used at the same time.

SOLAR PANEL CONNECTIONPOINTA connection point has been included in thecaravan electrical harness to take a 12Vsupply from an aftermarket solar panel (orsimilar device), to the caravan leisure battery.

The solar panel must provide a fused andregulated output in order to connect to thispoint. The connection point can be foundinside the caravan adjacent to the batterybox, in close proximity to the battery boxfuse. Through the floor close to the batterybox is a cable pass through, allowing a pairof wires from an externally located device topass from exterior to interior to meet theconnection point. This cable pass throughwill be capped both internally and externallywith a cable entry gland.

A kit of parts is available from your caravansupplier which provides the mating half ofthe connection point. (The White rectangularconnector found inside the caravan is a twoway JST-LR type connector). For furtherassistance in identifying the connection, wirecolours leading to the connector are detailedin the wiring schematic in your caravanservice book.

Electrics

70

Page 71: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Electrics

71

GENERATOR GUIDELINES• Lack of regular servicing can be the

cause of most generator problems, gensets under 2kW are mainly dependent on engine speed for output frequency and voltage, poor or no servicing may cause the engine speed governor to run the genset engine too fast. Therefore frequency and output voltage can rise above the specification of the machine data plate i.e. 230V at 50Hz, this may cause damage to electrical/electronic equipment (such as battery chargers).

• A generator should always be run for a few minutes prior to connection with the caravan or motorhome electrics, to allow it to warm up and the output to settle to asteady level.

• The AC output of generators is often derived from an AC alternator, rectified to DC then inverted back to AC. In essence this means the output sinewave may not be very smooth and may not run sophisticated electronics efficiently. Some of the new wave of gensets are more sophisticated in their production of a sinewave output and are more suited to run electronic equipment.

• If in doubt consult your genset dealer or manufacturer for advice.

Page 72: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

FITTEDEQUIPMENT

SAS Mobile Alarm System ................................................................. 74Truma Ultrastore Water Heater ......................................................... 76Truma S 3002 P and S 3002 Auto Space Heater ............................ 79TEB Fan .............................................................................................. 82Truma Ultraheat for S 3002 (P), S 5002 and

S 55 T Heaters ............................................................................... 82ALDE Compact 3010 Quick Start Guide .......................................... 85ALDE Compact 3010 ......................................................................... 86Refrigerator ...................................................................................... 102

Thetford Absorber Refrigerators ................................................... 102Stoves Hobs, Grills & Ovens ........................................................... 111Spinflo Oven ..................................................................................... 115

Using the Hob burners .................................................................. 115Using the the Grill ......................................................................... 115Using the the Oven ....................................................................... 116

Microwave Oven .............................................................................. 117Thetford Cassette C-200 CW & C-200 CWE .................................. 121Thetford C250 CWE Cassette Toilet .............................................. 125External Barbeque Point .................................................................. 130TV Inlet ............................................................................................... 131Supplier Fitted/Supplied Entertainment Equipment .................... 132Status 530 directional TV & FM radio antenna ............................. 133WING omni-directional TV antenna ............................................... 133Bedding ............................................................................................. 134Cassette Blinds and Flyscreens ..................................................... 136Doorscreen ....................................................................................... 137Roof Lights and Windows ........................................................ 137-138Air Conditioning ............................................................................... 142Ash Framed Doors ........................................................................... 147Tables ................................................................................................ 147Shower .............................................................................................. 148Fixing of Awnings ............................................................................ 148

Page 73: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

74

SAS210 MOBILE ALARM SYSTEMUsing the latest microprocessor technologythe SAS210 provides all year roundprotection for your caravan.

Please read all sections of these userinstructions before attempting to operate theSAS210.

If you are unsure of any of the followingpoints, please contact your local dealer orthe manufacturer direct (see point 5), onpage 75

1. Operation

Arm/Disarm

The SAS210 Alarm System is armed anddisarmed by pressing the button on the keyfob remote controller.

The alarm has four modes of operation:

a) Disarmed

b) Fully armed with internal movementsensor and tilt sensor active

c) Partially set with only the tilt sensor active

d) Partially set with only the movementsensor active.

The alarm indicates arm/disarm status bybeeping. One beep = armed, two beeps inquick succession = disarmed.

To part set the alarm (modes c or d) holddown the arm button until the desired modehas been selected:

Hold down and release after 2 long beeps,mode (c) selected.

Hold down and release after 3 long beeps,mode (d) selected.

Note: if the arm button is continually helddown the system will disarm and then repeatthe above sequence.

PIR Movement Sensor

The SAS210 Alarm System comes completewith a 120° x 360° Passive Infra Redmovement sensor that detects bodymovement within the vehicle.

If you are leaving pets within the vehicle thesystem should be armed in mode (c) toprevent nuisance triggering.

Tilt Sensor

The SAS210 Alarm System has an inbuilt tiltsensor that detects tilting of the vehicleduring the hitching process. If the tilt sensoris not set correctly, the alarm will not armand will indicate a fault by beeping 4 times inrapid succession.

During normal (on the flat) operation there isno need to alter the tilt sensor.

If the vehicle is parked on a steep slope itmay be necessary to adjust the tilt sensor.With the alarm disarmed, while viewing the

movement sensor lens, move the tiltadjustment lever forward until the green lightilluminates. Note the position of the lever.

Now move the lever backwards and againnote the position of the lever when the greenlight illuminates.

Set the lever mid way between the twopositions.

Remember to return the lever to the centre(locked) position when returning to 'on theflat' use.

Alarm Siren

When the alarm is triggered the siren willsound for 2 minutes. Following the 2 minuteperiod the alarm will then deactivate for 15seconds then rearm.

The alarm siren can be turned off at anypoint by pressing the key fob button. If themovement sensor caused the alarm trigger,the alarm will give a standard 'two beeps inquick succession' disarm indication. If the tiltsensor caused the alarm trigger, the alarmwill give 'two beeps in quick succession'followed by a further 'two beeps in quicksuccession'.

Sleep mode

The SAS210 Alarm System incorporates asleep mode that extends battery life over along period of time.

Page 74: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

75

If a charged leisure battery is fitted and issupplying 12V to the alarm system the alarmwill operate in standard 'quick response'mode.

If the alarm is operating from the internalalarm battery only, the alarm will operate in'slow response' battery saving sleep mode.In this mode you will need to press and holdthe arm/disarm button for up to 3 secondsto arm or disarm the alarm.

2. Key Fobs

The SAS210 Alarm System comes completewith 2 key fob remote controllers. If anadditional controller is required these can beordered from your supplier.

Key Fob Battery Replacement

1. Remove the key fob from your key ring.

2. Prise the casing apart near the key ringfixing slot.

3. While holding the base part of the casing,prise out the old Lithium battery andreplace with a new CR2032 battery.Ensure the [+] terminal is located towardsthe outer case.

4. Relocate the two casing halves and snaptogether.

5. Refit the key fob onto your key ring.

6. Remember to dispose of old batteries inaccordance with local regulations.

3. Battery

The SAS210 Alarm System incorporates a3.3Ah sealed lead acid battery that ischarged from the vehicles 12V supply. Thisbattery has been selected to run the alarmwithout any external supply voltage for up to9 months depending on ambienttemperature/initial charge.

The battery is fully charged when the alarmsystem is dispatched, but may need furthercharging if the vehicle is stood for a numberof months without a 12V supply to the alarm.

To charge the alarm battery either fit a fullycharged leisure battery to the vehicle orconnect the vehicle to the mains supply andswitch on the 12V charger/power supply.

The internal battery should be replacedapproximately every 3 years to ensurecorrect operation. Replacement batteries canbe ordered from your supplier. Alwaysdispose of old batteries in accordance withlocal regulations.

4. Specification

Control BoxSupply voltage: 10.5 to 15V DCSupply current: 250mA maxOperating temperature: -5 to +30°CBattery capacity: 3.3Ah at 12VOperating time (armed) with no supply: 9 months at 20°CSiren output: 110 dB +/- 10%Movement SensorRange: 120° x 360° x 8MCurrent consumption: <1mA typicalKey FobRange: >10M typicalBattery: CR2032

Lithium CellTypical battery life: 1 year

5. Spare Parts/Service

For spare parts, local supplier contact detailsor other service information please contact:

Sargent Electrical Services Ltd. service desk on 01482 678981 during normal office hours.

Page 75: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

The instructions covering fitted equipmentto your caravan were correct at the timeof going to print. Owners handbooks areupdated annually and we take great careto try and ensure their accuracy.However, the Swift Group Limited cannotaccept responsibility for any changes thatmay be made in specification or operatinginstructions to the equipment described inthis section after the time of going to press.

Every care is taken to ensure that theinformation provided in this handbook iscorrect and easy to understand.

Separate manufacturers’ leaflets on manyof the components are also included inthe Owner’s Pack provided with thiscaravan and we recommend that youcompare the instructions in the handbookwith the component manufacturersliterature, to ensure the informationprovided is as accurate as possible.

If you are in any doubt as to how tooperate the equipment in your caravan,please contact the componentmanufacturer’s service department on thetelephone number shown on theircomponent leaflet. If you remain in anydoubt, please contact the Swift GroupSupercare customer care servicedepartment on 01482 875740.

THE TRUMA ULTRASTOREWATER HEATEROPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Attention: Before using for the first time, it is essential to flush the entire water supplythrough with clean warm water. Alwaysmount the cowl cap when the water heater is not being operated! Drain the waterheater if there is a risk of frost! There shallbe no claims under guarantee fordamage caused by frost!

When connecting to a central water supply(rural or city connection) or when using morepowerful pumps, a pressure reducer must beused which prevents pressures of greaterthan 2.8 bar occurring in the Ultrastore.

Filling the Truma Ultrastore with water

Equipment SpecificationFor details on type of equipment fitted inyour caravan, please refer to the SalesBrochure or Dealer.

IMPORTANTTo maximise the use and life of all fittedequipment in your caravan it is essential thatany accompanying manufacturers’ literatureis read fully. All recommended maintenanceand preparation procedures should befollowed. The information provided in thishandbook is only intended as a guide. If inany doubt consult your manufacturerappointed dealer, particularly beforeattempting to install EXTRA EQUIPMENT.

NOTICE: In the interest of safety, replacement parts for an appliance shall conform to the appliance manufacturer's specifications and should be fitted by them or their authorised agent.

76

e = Lever position "Closed"

f = Lever position "Drain"

Fig. 1

Page 76: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment1. Check that the safety/drain valve in the

cold-water intake is closed. Lever should be in the horizontal position, position (e).

2. Open the hot tap in the bathroom or kitchen with pre-selecting mixing taps or single lever fittings set to hot.

3. Switch on power for water pump (main switch or pump switch). Leave the tap open to let air escape while the water heater is filling. The heater is filled when water flows out of the tap.

Residues of frozen water can prevent filling if there is a frost. The water heater can be defrosted by switching on the heater for a short period (max 2 mins). Frozen pipes can be defrosted by heating the room.

Note: If just the cold water system is beingused, without water heater, the heater tank isalso filled up with water. In order to avoiddamage through frost, the water contentsmust be drained by activating thesafety/drain valve, also when the heater hasnot been used. As an alternative, two shut-offvalves, resistant to hot water, can be fitted infront of the cold and hot water connection.

Draining the water heater

1. Disconnect power for water pump (mainswitch or pump switch).

2. Open hot water taps in bathroom andkitchen.

3. Open safety/drain valve: Lever in verticalposition, position (f).

4. The water heater is now drained directly tothe outside via the safety/drain valve.Check that the water contents have beencompletely drained (10 litres).

Gas operating instructions

Attention: Never operate the water heaterwithout water in it!

If the wall cowl is positioned close to anopening window (or hatch) - in particulardirectly under it - it must remain closedwhen the water heater is in use (seewarning plate).

1. Remove cowl cover.

77

2. Open gas cylinder and open quick-actingvalve in the gas supply line.

3. Select required water temperature at rotaryknob (c) infinitely variable from approx. 30°to 70°C.

4. Switch on water heater at the rotary switch(a) on the control panel, green indicatorlamp "Operation" lights up.

5. If there is air in the gas supply line, it maytake up to a minute before the gas isavailable for combustion. If the applianceswitches to "Failure" during this period,switch off the appliance - wait 5 minutes -and switch on again!

a = Rotary switch "On" "Gas operation"

b = Rotary switch "Off'"

c = Rotary knob for temperatureselection (illuminated by green lamp "Operation")

d = Red indicator lamp "Failure"

Page 77: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted EquipmentSwitching off (gas operation)

Switch off the water heater at the rotaryswitch (b).

Drain the water heater if there is a risk offrost!

If the water heater is not to be used for alonger period, mount cowl cover (non-observance of this point can lead to thefunction of the appliance being impairedthrough water, dirt or insects), close quick-acting valve in the gas supply line and closethe gas cylinder.

There shall be no claim under guarantee ifthis point is not observed.

Always remove the cowl cover prior tooperating the water heater!

Red indicator lamp "Failure"

The red indicator lamp (d) lights up if there isa failure.

The reason for such an indication is, forexample, no gas available or air in the gassupply system, triggering of the excesstemperature monitor etc. To unlock, switchoff the appliance, wait 5 minutes, and switchon again.

In event of faults, always contact theTruma Service on Tel: 01283 511092.

Electrical Operating Instructions

Switch the switch on the control panel to"On". This indicates the electrical water-heating element is operative.

When using the vehicle switches refer tooperating instructions of the vehiclemanufacturer or see switch labels.

Note: The water temperature cannot beselected, automatic temperature limitation atapprox. 70°C. For a faster heating up periodthe appliance can be simultaneouslyoperated with gas and electrical power.

Note: The water tank in the Truma-Ultrastoreis made of high quality food-proof stainlesssteel VA.

Use wine vinegar for de-scaling the watersupply. Allow the product to react and thenthoroughly flush out the appliance withplenty of fresh water. To sterilise the waterwe recommend "Certisil- Argento". Otherproducts, particularly those containingchlorine are unsuitable.

In order to avoid the proliferation of micro-organisms, heat the Ultrastore to 70° atregular intervals.

Do not use the water as drinking water!

Important Operating Notes

1. If the cowl is positioned close to an opening hatch (window), keep this closedduring operation. See warning plate. Always mount the cowl cover if the heater

is not being used. Non-observation of this point can lead to the function of the appliance being impaired through water, dirt or insects.

2. The guarantee will be invalidated if this point is not observed. Always remove thecowl cover prior to operating the water heater!

3. If there is a defect in the electronics, return the control Printed Circuit Board well padded. If you fail to pack it correctly the guarantee will be invalidated. Only use original Truma Ultrastore control P.C.B's as spare parts.

4. If just the cold water system is being used, without water heating, the header tank becomes more vulnerable to frost damage. Accordingly the contents should be drained by operating the safety/drain valve. This also applies when the caravan is in storage.

General Safety Notes

In the event of leaks in the gas system or ifthere is a smell of gas:

• Extinguish all naked flames

• Do not smoke

• Switch off the appliance and gas cylinder

• Open the windows

• Do not operate any electrical switches

• Have the entire system checked by an expert

78

Page 78: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

79

1. Repair jobs are only to be carried out by an expert.

2. The following would invalidate the guarantee:a. Any alteration to the appliance

(including cowl)b. The use of non-Truma spare

parts/accessoriesc. Non observance of the operating

instructions.

3. The operating pressure for the gas supplyis 30mbar (or 28mbar butane/37mbar propane) and must correspond to the operating pressure of the appliance (see name plate).

4. Do not operate the water heater when refuelling the vehicle and when in the garage.

5. During the initial operation of a brand newappliance (or after it has not been used for some time), a certain amount of fumes, and a slight smell, may be noticedfor a short time. Remedial action is to immediately run the heater at maximum output and to ensure adequate room ventilation.

6. If the burner makes an unusual noise or ifthe flame lifts off, it is likely that the regulator is faulty and it is essential to have it checked.

Technical Data

Water contents: 10 litres

Water pressure: up to max. 2.8 bar

Type of gas: Liquid Gas (propane or butane)

Operating Pressure: 30mbar (or 28mbar butane, 37mbar propane)

Rated thermal output: 1500W

Gas consumption: 120g/h

Heating time to approx. 70°C:Gas operation: approx. 35 minsElectrical operation: approx. 70 minsGas and electrical operation: approx. 20 mins

Power consumption 12VIgnition: 0.17AHeating Up: 0.08AStandby: 0.04A

Power consumption 230VHeating Up: (3.7A) 850WWeight (empty): 6.7Kg

THE TRUMA S 3002 P & S 3002AUTO SPACE HEATERINSTRUCTIONS FOR HEATERS FITTEDWITH AUTOMATIC IGNITOR OR PIEZOIGNITOR

Switching On

1. Open the valve on the gas cylinder. Openquick-acting valve in gas supply line.

2. Turn control knob to thermostat setting 1-10 and press it down as far as the stop.At the same time keep operating the Piezo ignitor rapidly until the flame ignites.

3. Keep the control knob depressed for a further 10 seconds to allow the safety pilot to operate.

4. (Piezo only) Watch through the flame window for another 10 seconds to make sure that the flame does not go out through air in the supply pipe (caused by the valve being closed or changing the cylinder).

Attention: Always wait at least 2 minutesbefore attempting to re-ignite, otherwisethere is a risk of blowbacks (misfiring).This also applies if a working heatergoes out has to be re-lit.

Page 79: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted EquipmentAutomatic Ignitor

Prior to first ignition, make sure that thebatteries have been inserted; observe correctfit battery cassette (see changing batteries,page 81).

Thermostat

Set the required room temperature at thecontrol knob (numbers 1-10). For anaverage room temperature of approx. 22°Cwe recommend setting:

3-5 Without the Trumavent Fan (switched on)

4-8 With the Trumavent Fan

Switching Off

Set control knob to "0". If turning off for along period of time, close the quick-actingvalve in the gas supply line. Close valve ofgas cylinder.

Important Operating Notes

1. If the gas supply line is filled with air, it may take up to a minute before the gas becomes available for combustion. During this time depress the control knob and continuously operate the Piezo ignitor until the flame ignites.

2. You will have to find out the exact thermostat setting yourself, depending onhow much heat you need.

3. Repairs are only to be carried out by a competent service engineer.

Attention: A new O-ring must always be installed after dismantling theexhaust duct.

4. Any alteration to the appliance (including exhaust duct and cowl) or the use of spare parts and accessories, which are important to the function of the heater and which are not original Truma parts, aswell as the non-observance of the installation and operating instructions, willlead to the cancelling of the guarantee and exclusion of liability claim.

5. During the initial operation of a brand newappliance, a certain amount of fumes anda slight smell may be noticed for a short while. Remedial action is to immediately run the heater at maximum output and to ensure adequate room ventilation.

6. In winter, before switching on the heater, remove all snow from the cowl.

7. Inspect the exhaust duct and all connections at regular intervals and always whenever there is a blowback (misfire). It is essential that the exhaust duct is installed so that it slopes upwardsover its whole length and is securely fixedwith several clamps. Never place any object on the exhaust duct, since this

80

a = Control knobb = Integrated control panel for

Trumavent fan TEBc = Piezo ignitor or automatic ignitord = Flame observation windowe = Name plate (remove casing)f = Thermostat probe

In the case of left-handed installation,the parts are arranged on the other side.

Page 80: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

81

could result in damage. The exhaust duct connection to both the heater and the cowl must be firm and well sealed.

Do not operate heaters with incorrectly fitted or damaged exhaust ducts.

8. Never allow the warm air outlet on the heater to be obstructed in any way. For instance never hang washing on or in front of the heater to dry. Misusing your heater in this way could cause serious damage from overheating. Do not place flammable objects near the heater. Please follow these guidelines in the interest of your own safety.

9. If the burner makes an unusual noise or ifthe flame lifts off while burning, it is likely that the regulator is faulty and it is essential to have it checked.

10.Cleaning (with switched off appliance): It is recommended that at least once a year,before the heating season starts, you remove any dust that has collected on the heat exchanger base plate.

Technical Data:

Type of gas: Liquid gas (propane/butane)

Operating pressure: 30mbar (28mbar butane, 37mbar propane)

Rated thermal output: 3400W

Gas consumption: 30-280 g/h

Product Indent. No: CE-0085AP0325

Automatic Ignitor

Power consumption: 50 MA (ignition)0.01 MA (monitoring)

Operating voltage: 3V

CHANGING OF BATTERIES

Changing the Batteries on the AutomaticIgnitor

Only change the batteries with the heaterswitched off.

Always insert new batteries at the beginningof the heating season.

Remove front of heater retaining screw,located through centre of black grill. Unclipfront of heater, slide up battery cover toreveal battery. Change the batteries.Observe plus/minus.

Only use temperature resistant (+70°C), leak-proof Mignon round cells (LR 6, AA, AM 3,Art. no. 30010-23600). Other batteries couldlead to malfunctions!

Page 81: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

82

TEB FAN

Always observe the operatinginstructions prior to starting!

The vehicle owner is responsible for thecorrect operation of the appliance.

Repairs are only to be carried out by anexpert!

a = Manual control(e.g. for ventilation) Adjust desired outputat the control knob.

b = Off(or automatic operation/ heating withheaters Trumatic S 3002 K and S 5002 K)

c = Automatic operation(Heating) The output steadily adjusts to

the respective heat emission of theheater. The maximum output can belimited at the control knob, as required.The regulating between this value andslow running is carried out automatically.

The quantity of air can be individuallyadjusted at the air flap (f), for warm airdistribution.

In centre position 50% of the warm air isdistributed to each outlet.

Use the fan duct with 72 mm and if the fanducts are of different lengths or on sides witha greater heat requirement. This means thatthe air output can be used to the full on thisside. By adjusting the air flap (f) the quantityof air can be increased individually. Thismeans that the air out-put on the other sideis reduced.

If the air output drops or the operating noiseincreases, the fan impeller wheel may beseverely soiled.

Cleaning

(with switched off appliance!) Werecommend removing dust which hascollected on the heat exchanger and baseplate of the heater and on the impeller wheelof the Trumavent fan, once a year before theheating season starts. Clean the impellerwheel carefully using a brush or tooth brush.

TRUMA ULTRAHEAT ADDITIONALELECTRIC HEATING FORTRUMATIC S 3002 (P), S 5002AND S 55 T HEATERSFunction description

Truma-Ultraheat is an additional 230Velectric heater for the LPG heater modelsTrumatic S 3002/S 5002.

Heater operation is basically possible withgas only, electricity only or simultaneouslywith electricity and gas.

When using simultaneously the electrical unitwill switch itself off before overheatingoccurs as a result of the stronger gas burner.

When using electrical only we recommend toset the fan control on position 3 (manual orauto), remembering to set the output level to

Page 82: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

83

2000W (ensure that the fuse protection forthe power supply of the camp site issufficient).

If more than 2kw are required (heatingup/cold temperatures) you must refer backusing gas operations as the 230V electricaloperation is a secondary heater only.

The electric heater can also be operatedwithout the Trumavent fans.

WARNING:-Surfaces become hot in use,guards provided do not give fullprotection to the young or elderly

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Before operating the heater for the firsttime it is essential to observe theoperating instructions, enclosed with the heater.

Control panel with thermostat

a = Rotary switch "Off"

b = Rotary switch "On"power settings: 500 - 1000 - 2000 W

c = Rotary control knob for roomtemperature (illuminated by greenindicator lamp "operation")

Switching On

Attention: Before switching on, ensure thatthe fuse protection for the power supply ofthe campsite is sufficient for the selectedpower setting (b) (see Technical Data).

Important: The electric feed line for thecaravan must be fully unwound from thecable drum.

1. To switch on, turn the rotary switch to thedesired output level (b).

2. Set rotary control knob (c) to the desiredroom temperature.

The thermostat setting on the operatingelement (1-9) must be determined individuallydepending on the heating requirement andthe type of vehicle. For an average roomtemperature of about 23°C, we recommend athermostat setting of about 6 - 8.

The electric heater can also be operatedwithout the Trumavent fans.

If the heater is operated simultaneously withelectricity and gas, the electrical unit willswitch itself off before overheating occurs asa result of the stronger gas burner.

Switching off

Switch the heating system off at the rotaryswitch (a).

IMPORTANT OPERATING NOTES

1. Repairs may only be carried out by anexpert.

2. The heater's hot air outlet should underno circumstances be blocked. Never hangclothes or similar in front of or on top ofthe heater to dry. This could cause seriousdamage to the heater as a result ofoverheating. Do not place inflammablematerials near the heater! Please observethese instructions for your own safety.

3. The performance of the room thermostatwill be affected if temporarily covered orobstructed

4. When operating a brand-new heater forthe first time (or after it has been idle for alengthy period) you may temporarilynotice a slight smoke and smell. Weadvise running the heater at full powerand thoroughly ventilating the room.

Page 83: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

84

2. Under no circumstances should the hotair outlet be blocked. Never hang clothesor similar in front of or on top of theheater to dry. This could cause serious damage to the heater as a result ofoverheating. Do not place inflammablematerials near the heater! Please observethese instructions for your own safety.

3. When operating a brand new heater for the first time (or after it has been idle for alengthy period) you may temporarily notice a slight smoke and smell. We advise running the heater at full power and thoroughly ventilating the room

4. Any modifications to the appliance or the use of spare parts and accessories important for the operation, which are not original Truma parts, or non-observance of the instructions for installation and usewill result in the guarantee becoming invalid and no liability will be assumed. Furthermore, the approval for operating the appliance will become invalid and in some countries also the approval for operating the vehicle.

TECHNICAL DATA

Power supply: 230 V ~, 50 Hz

Power consumption at power setting:500 W: 2,2 A 1000W: 4,5 A 2000 W: 8,5 A

Weight: approx. 2 kg

5. Any modifications to the appliance or theuse of spare parts and accessoriesimportant for operation which are notoriginal Truma parts, of non-observanceof the instructions for installation and usewill result in the guarantee becominginvalid and no liability will be assumed.

Furthermore the approval for operatingthe appliance will become invalid and insome countries also the approval foroperating the vehicle.

The mains element on the space heateris designed for supplementary heating.It is not recommended to run along sidethe gas for prolonged periods of time.

TECHNICAL DATA

Power supply: 230 V ~, 50 Hz

Power consumption at power setting:500 W: 2.2 A1000 W: 4.5 A2000 W: 8.5 A

Weight: approx 2kg

BUTTERFLY OUTLETS

The butterfly plate may be opened or closedto control the quantity of air and may also betwisted around to control direction.

For uniform distribution, outlets nearest theheater should be closed more than thosefurther away.

Blown air

The air ducting outlets are generally of thebutterfly type and may be opened or closedby adjusting the butterfly valves. Twisting thedisc in its housing directs the flow in thedirection required.

One outlet on each leg of the air ductinglayout must be kept open at all times.

Switching off

Push slide switch (a) to the "OFF" position.

IMPORTANT OPERATING NOTES

1. Repairs may only be carried out by an expert.

Page 84: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

85

ALDE COMPACT 3010 QUICK START GUIDE

Use the Left < and Right > arrow keys tomove across the symbols. Highlight therequired symbol so that it flashes. You canthen adjust the function.

Use the +/On and -/Off keys to adjustsettings and turn functions On and Off.

With ‘On’ displayed the boiler is instandby mode and ready to be given commands.

With ‘Off’ displayed the boiler is shutdown.

Select your desired roomtemperature.

30 min hot water booster, with thisfunction ‘On’ the circulation pumpfor the heating is turned off.

Select ‘On’ to operate the boiler LPG.

Select 1kW or 2kW to operate theboiler on 230V Electric.

Indicates that the circulation pumpis operating for central heating.

Indicates that 230V is supplied to the boiler.

PRE-START CHECKS

• Ensure the system is filled with Glycolbefore starting the boiler, check theexpansion tank level. The fluid should be10mm above the minimum mark when cold.

• Ensure adequate LPG Propane, 230V and12V supplies are connected and turned on.The control panel should be active anddisplay the 230V connection symbol.

• Turn the boiler 'On' using the control panel,then scroll across and raise the desiredroom temperature to +30ºC. The circulationpump symbol should appear. Visuallycheck in the expansion tank that the pumpis operating.

• Scroll across and turn on the 2kW electricheater using the panel. Wait for 10 minutesand check that the upper flow pipe on theboiler is getting hot. The bottom returnpipe may also be warm.

• Scroll back and turn on the gas burnerusing the control panel. You might not beable to hear it start, so visually check theflue outside to confirm the boiler isoperating. Wait for 10 minutes and checkthe lower return pipe on the boiler. It shouldnow be hot and the boiler fully operational.

Page 85: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

86

ALDE COMPACT 3010

Please read these instructions carefullybefore using the boiler.

These instructions are approved for The AldeCompact 3010 boiler fitted in caravans,motor caravans and buildings in accordancewith CE no. EMC e5 02 0138, 845 BP-0003.

Installation and repairs may only be carriedout by a professional. National regulationsmust be adhered to.

BOILER DESIGN

The boiler consists of three eccentrically-fitted cylinders (heat exchanger, water jacketfor the heating system and, outermost, waterjacket for hot water). The two outer pipes,and their ends and connections, are made ofstainless steel, while the heat exchanger ismade of aluminium.

The heat exchanger is divided into two semi-circles. The burner is located in the upperhalf, being the combustion chamber, and thecombustion gases are expelled through thelower half. The burner unit is fitted on theend of the heat exchanger. It consists of acombustion fan, burner, solenoid valve andintake/exhaust connections. Two heatingcartridges are fitted to the water jacket of theheating system. Maximum output is 2 or 3kW, depending on model.

DESCRIPTION OF FUNCTIONSUSING LPG

When LPG operation is selected on thecontrol panel, the combustion fan starts.When the fan speed is correct, it signals thecircuit board that the boiler can be lit. Thecircuit board sends ignition sparks to thesparkplug at the same time as it sendselectricity to the solenoid valve, which opensto allow gas in. The burner ignites, and asensor transmits a signal back to the circuitboard that the boiler is lit, and the ignitionspark stops. The burner keeps burning untilthe boiler thermostat or the room thermostatreaches the set temperature reading.

Should the boiler go out for any reason, thesensor is activated and a new attempt ismade to start the boiler (in about 10 seconds).

USING THE HEATING CARTRIDGE

Electrical operation is selected on the control

panel, the 12-volt relays on the circuit boardtrip, allowing the 230 volt supply to reach theelectrical elements.

The heating cartridge is controlled in thesame way as the gas boiler.

WARM WATER

When only warm water is required, forexample during the summer, no settingsneed to be made, the boiler will look afterthis function automatically.

The pump will only start when the temperaturein the vehicle is lower than the set temperature(see item 4, Control Panel). If the vehicletemperature is higher, the pump will not start.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION

• The boiler must not be started if there is noglycol in the system.

• The LPG boiler and heating cartridge maybe operated in parallel.

• The heating system may be heated upwithout the warm water heater being filledwith fresh water.

• Always switch off the main isolator for theboiler when the vehicle is not being used.

• Always drain the warm water heater offresh water if there is a risk of frost.

• The LPG boiler must not be operated whenrefuelling the vehicle.

• When washing the vehicle, take care not toget water in the roof vent.

Page 86: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

87

THE DOMESTIC HOT WATER HEATER

The boiler is fitted with a built-in warm waterheater with a volume of approx. 8.5-litresfresh water. The warm water heater canproduce around 12 litres of 40°C water perhalf-hour (at a cold water temperature of10°C). If the heating cartridges are usedinstead of gas for heating the boiler, thecapacity is slightly reduced.

Always rinse out the heater before it is used,particularly if it has not been in operation forsome time. NB! The hot water is notintended for drinking or cooking. When theheater is in continuous use, it should beemptied approx. once a month, to ensurethat a new air cushion is formed in theheater.

The air cushion is essential for absorbingpressure surges in the heater. For emptyingspecially-adapted boilers, as well as anyother freshwater systems in the vehicle,please refer to the manufacturer’sinstructions.

NB! The warm water heater should alwaysbe drained of fresh water when there is arisk of frost and when the caravan is notin use.

The warranty does not cover frost damage.

Draining the heater using the combinedsafety/drain valve:

1. Switch off the freshwater pump

2. Open all water taps.

3. Then open the safety/drain valve by raisingthe yellow lever (M) to a vertical position.

4. The heater will now drain directly belowthe vehicle through the safety/drain valvehose. Check that all the water is emptiedout (about 7-10 litres). Leave the valve inthe open position until the next time theheater is used.

NB! Check that the automatic check valve(N) is open and is allowing air to enter theheater when it is being drained, and that thehose (O) is not blocked.

THE HEATING CARTRIDGES

All Compact 3010s are fitted with two 230Vheating cartridges with a maximum output ofeither 2100 or 3150W. Select the heatingcartridge output on the control panel.

Always check that the input fuse of thevehicle has the correct amperage in relationto the selected output.

Note these ratings are for the boiler only.

1050W requires a 6 amp fuse.2100W requires a 10 amp fuse.3150W requires a 16 amp fuse

THE CIRCULATION PUMP

A circulation pump is required to circulate theheated glycol fluid. A 12V circulation pump isfitted in the expansion tank.

An optional 230V circulation pump can befitted on the boiler. Selection of circulationpump is made with a switch on the controlpanel. The room thermostat on the controlpanel controls the circulation pump, i.e.switches it on or off according to the amountof heat required.

SYSTEM TEMPERATURE

The boiler is set to a system temperature of80°C, i.e. the temperature of the glycol fluidas it circulates in the heating system.

AIR CIRCULATION

In order to achieve the best possible resultfrom the principle of convected heat, it is

Closed Open

M

Page 87: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

88

important to allow air to circulate freelyunder bunks, and behind backrests andwall-mounted cabinets.

If the vehicle has a fitted carpet, ensure thatthe carpet does not obstruct the air supplyto the radiators.

It is just as important that cushions orblankets do not interrupt the flow of airbehind backrests and wall cabinets.

MAINTAINING THE HEATING SYSTEMWINTERCAMPING

While camping during the winter, ensure thatthe flue is kept clear of snow and ice, sincethe inlet air to the LPG boiler enters throughthe flue. Do not start the LPG boiler until theflue is completely free of snow. A flueextension (part no. 3000 320) for fitting onthe roof is recommended for winter camping.

THE LPG SYSTEM

The LPG system should be checked regularlyby a professional, who will ensure that thereare no leaks from connections or hoses.

LPG hoses should be changed according tonational regulations, maximum of five years.Check the date stamp on the hose. Hosehas a propensity to dry out and crack.

To increase safety, we recommend fitting anAlde leak gauge, type 4071, as close aspossible to the pressure reduction valve.

THE HEATING SYSTEM

Regularly check the heating system’s fluidlevel in the expansion tank. The level shouldbe about 1cm above the minimum indicatorin a cold tank. The heating system should befilled with a mixture of water and glycol.

For preference, use high quality readymixedglycol (with inhibitor) intended for use in

aluminium heating systems.

If using concentrated glycol, the mixtureshould consist of 60% water and 40%glycol. If the heating system will be exposedto temperatures below -25°C, the glycolcontent must be increased, but not to morethan 50%. Any vessels used for the liquidmust be spotlessly clean, and the pipes inthe heating system must be free ofcontamination. This will prevent the growthof bacteria in the system.

The glycol mixture should be changed everysecond year, since its ability to protectagainst corrosion, for example, willdeteriorate. The glycol content should bechecked before topping up with new liquid.This will ensure that the concentration ofglycol in the mixture is not too high.

If the fluid level in the expansion tank falls forreasons other than evaporation, pleasecheck all joints, drain cocks and bleederscrews to ensure that they are not leaking. Ifthe glycol-water mixture leaks out, rinse withwater and wipe up.

Never allow the heating system to standempty of glycol.

FILLING THE SYSTEM WITH GLYCOL FLUID

NB! Any vessels used to carry the fluid mustbe spotlessly clean and the pipes in thesystem must be free of contamination. This will

Air stream

Convectors

Leak gauge, type 4071

Page 88: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

89

prevent the growth of bacteria in the system.

The system is filled through the expansiontank, either manually or using the Alde fillingpump which both tops up and bleeds thesystem. For manual filling, unfasten thecirculation pump nut (R) and lift the pump (S)out of the tank. Slowly pour the glycolmixture into the tank. Bleed the system.

Top up with more liquid if the level has fallenafter bleeding. Bleed a newlyfilled systemregularly during the first days the heatingsystem is in operation.

BLEEDING THE SYSTEM

Depending on how the pipes have beenfitted, air pockets may form when the systemis filled with glycol fluid.

A sign that there is air trapped in the systemis that the heat released into the pipes onlyextends a metre or so from the boiler eventhough the circulation pump is operating.

In newly-filled systems, small air bubbles canform in the expansion tank, creating amurmuring sound. If the circulation pump isstopped for a few seconds, the bubbles willdisappear.

Bleeding:

If a bleeder screw is fitted to the outgoingpipe, open this bleeder screw and leave itopen until it starts to discharge water.

If the boiler is fitted with an automaticbleeder, there is no need to bleed it manually.Start the LPG boiler. The circulation pumpshould be switched off.

Open the remaining bleeder screws in thesystem (please refer to the instruction manualof the vehicle for their locations). Leave thebleeder screws open until they startdischarging fluid, and then close them. Startthe circulation pump and let it run for a while.Check that the pipes and radiators aroundthe vehicle are heating up.

If they still fail to heat up, try the following:

Single-axle caravan: Stop the circulationpump. Lower the front of the caravan as faras possible. Leave it in this position for a fewminutes to allow the air to travel upwards inthe system. Open the bleeder screw at thehighest point. Leave it open until itdischarges glycol fluid. Raise the front of thecaravan as far as possible and repeat theprocedure in this position.

Then position the caravan horizontally andstart the circulation pump. Check that thepipes and radiators around the vehicle areheating up.

Motor caravan or twin-axle caravan:The easiest way to bleed the heating systemis to place the vehicle on a sloping surface orto raise one end of the vehicle using a jack.Bleed the system as described above.

ABOUT LPGTHE PROPERTIES OF LPG

LPG is a petroleum product, formally knownas “liquid petroleum gas”. It is mainly made upof propane and butane gas. The advantage ofpropane is that it remains gaseous attemperatures as low as -40°C, while butaneloses effectiveness at +10°C. For this reason,propane is used in colder countries.

The cylinders contain LPG both in liquid andgaseous form. When the cylinders are filled,the pressure turns the gas into liquid. Whenthe cylinder valve is opened, the LPG

S

R

– MAX

– MIN

Page 89: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

90

becomes a gas again. The risk involved inusing LPG is that any leaking gas may igniteand explode. Since LPG is heavier than air,any leaking gas will collect at the lowestpoint.

LPG contains no toxic substances, butbreathing in concentrated gas may have acertain anaesthetising effect, and can alsoresult in shortness of breath and symptomsof suffocation.

These symptoms quickly disappear if thesufferer breathes in ordinary air or oxygen.

Naturally, it is inadvisable to inhale eitherLPG or exhaust fumes. To make it easier todetect gas leaks, a substance with adistinctly rank smell has been added.

COMBUSTION

Complete combustion of LPG only generatescarbon dioxide (CO2) and water vapour, justlike the air we exhale.

A good supply of air is essential to ensurecomplete combustion. The flame shouldburn with a weak blue colour, the centre ofthe flame should be blue/green. LPG isextremely environmentally compatible anddoes not generate any soot during completecombustion. It can be stored in cylinders foran unlimited time period, without anydeterioration of quality.

PRESSURE

The LPG burner usually works at a lowerpressure than that in the cylinder. Lowpressure (0-50 mbar) and intermediatepressure (50 mbar- 2.0 bar) are created byallowing the gas to pass through a reductionvalve. High pressure (over 2.0 bar), isunreduced pressure mainly used in campingequipment. Low pressure and intermediatepressure are always reduced pressure.

FAULT FINDINGTHE BOILER DOES NOT START

1. No LPG? Incorrect type for conditions?

2. Is the main tap fully open?

3. If the boiler has not been operated forsome time, or if the gas cylinder has beenchanged, it may take longer than normalto light the boiler.

4. Check that the boiler is connected to theelectricity supply (> 11V).

5. Check that the fuse (T) for the boiler is intact.

6. Check whether the electric connectionson the boiler are securely in position.

If none of the above helps, contact a serviceworkshop.

THE HEATING CARTRIDGE IS NOT WORKING

1. Check that there is an electricity supply(230V ~) to the heating cartridge.

2. Check that the relays fitted to the boilercome on (a slight click can be heard fromthe relays when the heating cartridge isswitched on at the control panel).

If none of the above helps, contact a serviceworkshop.

WARRANTY

Alde's warranty is valid for 3 years from thedate of purchase of the caravan.

It covers material defects or manufacturingfaults on the Alde heating system.

It does not cover frost damage, normal wearand tear parts, Antifreeze,

batteries or other consumables. If you havea problem please contact your dealer

or Alde UK direct.

NB! Only genuine Alde parts should be usedas replacement parts.

Page 90: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

91

CONTROL PANEL – FUNCTIONSAND SYMBOLS(Applies to control panels with programversion 38 (06-17) or later, see item 17)

0. THE STANDBY AND ON-POSITION OFTHE CONTROL PANEL

In standby, the functions which are activatedin the boiler are shown, and there is nobackground lighting in the display. Thecontrol panel automatically goes to standbyfrom the on position after two minutes if nobuttons are pushed or if you step to standby(left of On/Off) with the arrow keys.

Start the on position by pressing anybutton. The background lighting comes on(blue light) and a function that can be setflashes. Select a function that can be setwith the arrow keys. The settings areautomatically saved.

1. The control panel is on standby and theheater is switched off.

2. The control panel is on standby and theheater is operating.

1. RESETTING THE SYSTEM

1. Press the Store/Reset button for 10seconds. The control panel is reset to thefactory setting.

2. The main breaker to the control panel is inthe “Off” position, Gas is on, Electricity at1kW and 22°C.

The pump is in automatic position. Thelower menu row is not lit up.

2. START THE HEATER

Start the heating in the caravan with thesettings last used.

If you break the power to the heater, thesettings which were last used willautomatically be used when the powercomes back on.

1. Press the button with the arrow until “Off”(main breaker) in the display flashes.

2. Press the +/On button.“On” (mainbreaker) in the display flashes.

3. The settings are ready.“On” (main breaker)is shown in the display when the panelreturns to standby.

Page 91: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

92

3. SWITCH OFF THE HEATER

1. Press the button with the arrow until “On”(main breaker) in the display flashes.

2. Press the -/Off button. “Off” (mainbreaker) in the display flashes.

3. The settings are ready. “Off” (mainbreaker) is shown in the display when thepanel returns to standby.

4. SET THE TEMPERATURE YOU WANT IN THE VEHICLE

The temperature of the vehicle can be setfrom +5°C to +30°C at intervals of 0.5°C.

1. Press the button with the arrow until thesymbol for selecting temperature flashes.

The temperature shown is thetemperature which is set at present (inthis case 22.0°C).

2. Increase the temperature by pressing the+/On button. Lower the temperature bypressing the -/Off button. The diagramshows that we have set the temperatureat 25.0°C.

3. The settings are complete and the boileris working at the set temperature.

5. WARM WATER

If you need more warm water you canincrease the quantity temporarily for 30minutes by increasing the water temperaturefrom 50°C to 65°C.

When 30 minutes have elapsed, the watertemperature returns to 50°C and the symbolgoes out. When you have selected morewarm water, the circulation pump stops.

1. Press the button with the arrow until thesymbol for selecting warm water flashes.The “OFF” text is shown next to thetemperature on the display.

2. Switch the warm water on by pressing the+/ON button. The “ON” text is shown nextto the temperature on the display.

Page 92: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

93

3. The warm water symbol is displayedwhen the panel returns to standby.

If you want you can switch off more warmwater before 30 minutes have elapsed.

1. Press the button with the arrow until thewarm water symbol flashes. The “ON”text is shown next to the temperature onthe display.

2. Switch off the warm water by pressingthe -/Off button. The “OFF” text is shownnext to the temperature on the display.

3. The warm water symbol goes out whenthe panel returns to standby.

6. HEATING WITH GAS

Do as follows to activate heating with gas.

1. Press the button with the arrow until thegas heating symbol flashes. The “OFF”text is shown next to the temperature onthe display.

2. Select gas heating by pressing the +/Onbutton. The “ON” text is shown next tothe temperature on the display.

3. The gas heating symbol is displayedwhen the panel returns to standby.

Do as follows to switch off the gas heating.

1. Press the button with the arrow until thegas heating symbol flashes. The “ON”text is shown next to the temperature onthe display.

2. Switch off the gas heating by pressingthe -/Off button. The “OFF” text is shownnext to the temperature on the display.

Page 93: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

94

3. The gas heating symbol goes out whenthe panel returns to standby.

7. HEATING WITH ELECTRICITY

To activate heating with electricity. The greaterthe power the more rapid the heating will be.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theelectrical heating symbol flashes. The“OFF” text is shown next to thetemperature on the display.

2. Select power (1kW, 2kW or 3kW) with the+/On or -/Off buttons. The diagram showsthat 3kW power has been selected (someboilers are only equipped with 1-2kW).

3. The electrical heating symbol is shownwhen the panel returns to standby.

Do as follows to switch off heating withelectricity.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theelectrical heating symbol flashes.

2. Switch off the electrical heating by pressingthe -/Off button until all power steps havegone out. The “OFF” text is shown next tothe temperature on the display.

3. The electrical heating symbol goes outwhen the panel returns to standby.

8. CIRCULATION PUMP

This symbol is displayed when the circulationpump is operating (12Vpump or 230V-pump).

When heating is required in the vehicle, thepump starts automatically.

The boiler selects the 230V pump if one isinstalled in the system. When the 230V isdisconnected from the vehicle the 12V pumpis automatically selected. The symbol willlight up even if the pump is defective.

Page 94: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

95

9. 230V CONNECTION

This symbol lights up when 230V isconnected to the vehicle.

10.TEMPERATURE

This symbol shows the indoortemperature in the caravan inintervals of 0.5°C.

This symbol shows thetemperature outside the caravanin intervals of 1°C. To use thisfunction an outdoor temperaturesensor must be installed.

11.WORKING WITH THE LOWER MENU ROW

The lower menu row can be used for suchthings as setting the clock, external start,night temperature, automatic start of theheater. To use the lower menu row you mustactivate it by doing as follows:

1. Press the button with the arrow until thesymbol for the lower menu row flashes.

2. Light up the menu row by pressing the+/On button. The lower row with symbolslights up.

3. To switch off the lower menu row, pressthe -/Off button when the symbol flashes.Activated functions will be displayed evenif the lower menu row is switched off.

12.CLOCK

To set the clock, first light up the lower rowof functions (see item 11).

1. Press the button with the arrow until theclock symbol flashes.

2. Press the +/On button. Day flashes. Use+/On or -/Off to set the weekday.

3. Step forward with the arrow key until thetime is displayed. Hour flashes. Use +/Onor -/Off to set the full hour.

Page 95: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

96

4. Then step forward with the arrow key untilthe minutes are displayed. Min flashes.Use +/On and -/Off to set the minutes.

5. Press Store and the time you have set isstored.The example shows Tuesday, 08.35.

If the power to the panel is broken and thebattery backup is not connected, the clockmust be set again.

Weekday: 1-71=Monday7= SundayHours: 0-23Minutes: 0-59

13.EXTERNAL START Ext

This function is used if you wish to start theheater in the caravan from outside. To use thisfunction it is necessary to have an installation

for external start (see vehicle manual). Toactivate external start, first light up the lowermenu row of functions (see item 11).

1. Press the button with the arrow until the“Ext” symbol flashes. The “OFF” text isshown next to the temperature in the display.

2. Press the +/On button. The “ON” text isshown next to the temperature in the display.

3. Press the button with the arrow until the Onsymbol (main breaker) flashes. Press -/Off.

4. Off and Ext are shown in the display whenthe panel returns to standby. Externalstart is activated.

When external start is activated the heaterwill start with the latest settings and “ON”(main breaker) comes on. If 12V is notconnected to the heater, the display will notlight up until 12V is connected. The externalstart function is still activated.

To switch off external start, go to the “Ext” symbol in the on position and pressthe -/Off button.

14.AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE AutoCHANGE

This function is used when you wish to setautomatic temperature change, for example,during the night.

In order to activate automatic temperaturechange, first light up the lower row offunctions (see item 11).

1. Press the button with the arrow until thesymbol for automatic temperature changeflashes. The temperature and the “OFF”text are shown on the display.

Page 96: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

97

2. Press the +/On button. Set flashes andthe OFF text is shown in the display.Press +/On to activate the function. “ON”is shown in the display.

3. Press the left arrow key. The requiredtemperature is displayed. Then adjust thetemperature by pressing the +/On or -/Off button.

4. Then press Store and the start time isdisplayed. Adjust the start time (the same procedure as in 12) and press the“Store” button.

5. Now adjust the stop time and press“Store” again. The text field shows therequired temperature and ON.

6. If you want the temperature change to berepeated daily, select day 0. Auto isshown in the display when the panelreturns to standby.

15.STARTING THE HEATER AUTOMATICALLY AutoOn

This function is used if you want the heaterto start automatically at a later time. Theheater works for 24 hours and then stops.

Automatic start is repeated the followingweek as long as the function is activated.

To activate the function you must first lightup the lower row of functions (see item 11).

The function controls the panel’s main breaker.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theAutoOn symbol flashes. “OFF” is shownin the display. To activate AutoOn, pressthe +/ On button or the -/Off button toclose the function.

2. The start time will be displayed. Set thetime in accordance with item 12 andpress “Store” to store the settings. “OFF”is shown in the display.

3. Press the +/On button. On is shown in thedisplay and AutoOn flashes. Set thepanel’s main breaker to OFF.

Page 97: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

98

When you get to the vehicle and AutoOn isactivated, de-activate AutoOn so that theheater does not stop after 24 hours (theboiler cannot be switched off when AutoOnis activated).

You can then step back with the left-handbutton in the settings and press Store in allpositions.

16.LOAD MONITOR Amp

This function is used if you do not want the230V fuses to become overloaded. If thevehicle’s total current consumption exceeds theset value, the boiler’s electrical power will beautomatically reduced. On account of voltagevariations and tolerances, one can selectvarious control levels (for example, for 6A fuse,one can choose either 5,6,7 Amp setting).

If the fuse does not hold, select a lower setvalue. The function is disconnected in thefactory setting. To activate the function, youmust first light up the lower row of functions(see item 11).

1. Press the button with the arrow until theAmp symbol flashes. “OFF” is shown inthe display.

2. Press the -/Off button to activate and set thefunction. The following values can be set with+/On or -/Off buttons, 5,6,7,9,10,11,15,16,17.

3. Amp is shown in the display when thepanel returns to standby.

17.MENU Menu

In the “Menu” setting one can activate anumber of functions. To activate the functionyou must first light up the lower row offunctions (see item 11). To step between thevarious functions, use the arrow keys.

OFFSET (Temperature adjustment)

With this function you can calibrate thetemperature on the panel if you notice thatthe temperature (the stabilised roomtemperature) does not correspond with thetemperature shown on the panel.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theMenu symbol flashes. Press +On.

2. When OF is displayed, adjust thetemperature displacement with +/On or -/Off (+/-5°C in intervals of 0.5°C).

3. Press Store to leave the OFFSET function.

PUMP 12V/PUMP AU.

The12V pump is used in the PU 12 settingeven if 230V is connected. In the PU AUposition, the 230V pump works, and when230V is disconnected, the 12V pump starts.The PU AU function is activated in thefactory setting.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theMenu symbol flashes. Press +On.

2. When OF is displayed, step with the arrowkey until PU AU is displayed. Press +/Onand PU 12 is displayed.

Page 98: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

99

3. Press -/Off and PU AU is displayed. PressStore to leave the pump function.

SERVICE

With this function one can see what values*from the heater are displayed. The values areupdated once per second.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theMenu symbol flashes. Press +On.

2. When OF is displayed, step with the arrowkey until SE is displayed. Press +/On to seethe various values (-/Off can also be used).

3. To leave Service, press Store.

* The values shown during service are:

FA (revolutions): The speed of the fandivided by 2.

SH (temp): Warm water temperature.

HE (temp): Operating temperature.

OH: If the overheating protection has beentripped On or alternatively Off.

HS (X): Software version in the heater.

PS (X): Software version on the panel.

I: Amp. Guideline value shown in steps of 0.5 A.

WI: Window breaker on-off.

ES: External start on-off.

10-RS: Heater information, only for ALDE.

BUTTON SOUND

With this function you can connect ordisconnect the button sound to the buttons.The button sound is disconnected in thefactory setting.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theMenu symbol flashes. Press +On.

2. When OF is displayed, step with the arrowkey until Sn is displayed. Press +/On andthe button sound is connected.

3. Press -/Off to disconnect the buttonsound. Then press Store to leave thebutton sound function.

CONSTANT PUMP OPERATION

With this function, selected pump is inconstant operation. The function isdisconnected in the factory setting. Thisfunction limits the hot water supply,particularly when there is little need of heat.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theMenu symbol flashes. Press +On.

2. When OF is displayed, step with the arrowkey until PE is displayed. Press +/On andconstant pump operation is connected.

3. Press -/Off to disconnect constant pumpoperation. Then press Store to leave thepump operation function.

Page 99: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

100

AUTOMATIC TEMP. INCREASE

At 02.00 hours (night time) the boiler startsand works in accordance with Warm water(item 5) if the clock is set. The reason for thisis to reduce the risk of legionella.

The function is disconnected in the factory setting.

1. Press the button with the arrow until theMenu symbol flashes. Press +On.

2. When OF is displayed, step with the arrowkey until LE is displayed. Press +/On andlegionella is connected.

3. Press -/Off to disconnect legionella. Thenpress Store to leave the legionella function.

18.FAULT MESSAGES

When a fault occurs in the system the reasonis shown in the display.

LOW BAT: If the vehicle has a batteryvoltage of less than 10.5V, the heater stops.The heater is automatically reset when thevoltage comes up to 11V.

FAN: Faulty fan speed. Automatic resettingafter 5 minutes.

GAS OUT: Gas finished. Resetting byswitching off and restarting the boiler inaccordance with item 1.

OHEAT 1: Overheating protection tripped. Tore-set, disconnect 12V from the boiler andconnect again.

OHEAT 2: Thermostat tripped. To re-set,disconnect 12V from the boiler and connect again.

WINDO: Window open, the boiler stops forgas. Gas operation in the boiler starts whenthe window is closed. Electrical operationfunctions. Check the vehicle instructions tosee whether this function is installed.

SERIAL: There is a connection fault betweenboiler and panel. Normally, this is amechanical fault in the connection betweenthe heater and panel. To re-set, break themain current and then start again.

19.EMERGENCY START

• Disconnect 12V and the cable to the panelon the heater.

• Connect a cable between 2 and 9 in thecontact device (on the heater).

• Connect 12V to the heater.

Now the heater starts with gas and 1kW.(Regulation of room temperature does notfunction, constant pump operation)

TECHNICAL DATA

Measurements/Weights

Boiler height: 310mm

Boiler depth: 340mm

Boiler width: 510mm

Weight: 14kg (without fluid)

Gas Propane Butane

Output 1: 3.3kW 3.8kW

Consumption 245g/h 275g/h

Output 2: 5.5kW 6.4kW

Consumption: 405g/h 460g/h

Pressure: I3+ 28-30/37 mbar

I3B/P 30 mbar

Page 100: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

101

Volume/Pressure/Temp

Liquid volume radiator water: 3.5 litre

Liquid volume warm water: 8.4 litre

Max pressure radiator water: 0.05MPa

(0.5 bar)

Max pressure warm water: 0.3MPa

(3.0 bar)

System temperature: max 85°C

230V ~

Output element: 1 x 1050W

Output element (2 or 3kW): 1 x 2100W

12V DC

Current consumption: 1 amp (max)

Fuse: 3.15 amp+ / 3.15amp-

Page 101: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

102

THETFORD ABSORBERREFRIGERATORSThis user's information is for N112, N145,N175 & N180 models of Thetford absorptionrefrigerators. It explains how to use yourrefrigerator correctly and safely. Read themanual carefully before using the refrigeratorfor the first time to obtain a quick overview ofhow to operate and use the refrigerator.

Thetford absorption refrigerators are speciallydesigned to store fresh and frozen food andmake ice cubes in caravans and campers.The control panel allows you to select thepreferred energy source and cooling level.Different energy sources allow you to useyour refrigerator under different conditions.

Thetford absorption refrigerators belong tocategory C11: gas appliances that must beinstalled so that the combustion area isisolated from the living space.

To find out more about how your absorptionrefrigerator works, visit the website atwww.thetford-europe.com.

PRECAUTIONS AND SAFETYINSTRUCTIONS

Alerts

The following alerts are used in this user'smanual:

Warning! "Warning" alerts the user to thedanger of damage to the

product or to the user if the userfails to carry out the describedprocedures carefully.

Non-observance of theprocedures may result in seriousinjury to the user or damage tothe product.

Caution! "Caution" alerts the user to thepossibility of damage to theproduct if the user fails to carryout the described procedurescarefully.

Important! "Important" denotessupplementary information forthe user and alerts the user topotential problems.

Warnings

• This refrigerator must be installedaccording to the manufacturer'sinstructions and in compliance with localand national regulations.

• Read this manual carefully before youstart to use your refrigerator.

• Always consult the warnings before you perform any maintenance or gas checks.

Repairs/maintenance

• Never open or damage the coolingsystem. The cooling system is pressurisedand contains substances harmful tohealth.

• Never attempt to repair gas, extractor or electrical parts yourself. They must berepaired by a qualified service engineer.Contact the Customer Service departmentof Thetford for a list of qualified parties.

• Always switch off the refrigerator beforeyou perform any kind of maintenance orcleaning.

Use

• Never cover the ventilation grills in thewalls of a caravan. Good ventilation isessential for the correct working of theabsorber system.

• Water in the ventilation grating can resultin damage to the refrigerator. Therefore,we advise that you put the winter coverover the ventilation gratings prior towashing your vehicle.

• Never expose the refrigerator to rain.

• Never operate the refrigerator by gaswhile driving. If a road accident results infire, there is a risk of explosion.

What to do if...

• You smell gas:

- close the valve of the gas bottle;

- extinguish any naked flames;

- do not switch on any electrical devicesor lighting;

Page 102: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

103

- open the windows and leave the room;

- contact the Customer Servicedepartment of Thetford.

• You suspect a leak in the cooling system:

- switch off the refrigerator;

- extinguish any naked flames;

- provide sufficient ventilation;

- contact the Customer Servicedepartment of Thetford.

ABOUT YOUR REFRIGERATOR

Your refrigerator has a cold space and afreezer compartment. After starting up therefrigerator, allow it to cool for at least eighthours before placing any food in it.

Cold space

The cooling fins are located on the inside ofyour refrigerator. The absorption system usesthe cooling fins to withdraw heat from therefrigerator. Therefore, never place plastic orpaper over the cooling fins. Air must be ableto circulate freely through the refrigerator sothat heat can be extracted.

Important! Do not cover the cooling fins atthe back of the refrigerator with plastic orpaper. The refrigerator cools optimally whenair is allowed to move freely through therefrigerator.

• To limit frosting on the cooling fins:

- always cover liquid foods before placingthem in the refrigerator;

- always let hot food cool before placingit in the refrigerator;

- never keep the refrigerator open longerthan necessary.

Fitting racks

Inside your refrigerator there are two or threestorage racks. You can adjust the racks to aconvenient height by means of a simple clicksystem:

• click the plastic bracket to the right shortside of the rack;

• turn the bracket into the horizontalposition and insert the rack tipped in asloping position into the refrigerator;

• place the short side without bracket intoone of the grooves on the left wall of therefrigerator;

• place the short side with bracket in the corresponding groove on the right wall ofthe refrigerator;

• turn the bracket downwards to fix it intothe groove.

To move a rack, turn the bracket upwardsand remove the rack. Place the rack at therequired height in the way described above.

Securing products for driving

The fitting racks in your refrigerator have asystem for you to secure products whiledriving. The system consists of a simpleclick-and-slide plastic strip. To secureproducts on the rack while driving, push theplastic strip as tightly as you can against theproducts on the rack. In the storage spaceon the inside of the refrigerator door, thereare two unique Thetford bottle slides (seeillustration) The slides prevent bottles fromsliding around during driving. Push the slideagainst the products in the door or place theproducts between the bottle slide .

Page 103: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

104

Freezer compartment

Important!

- The freezer compartment is unsuitableas a means of freezing food, the freezerwill maintain the temperature of alreadyfrozen food

- Use only drinking water to make ice cubes.

- Do not place any other products in thefreezer compartment when you aremaking ice cubes.

- Water freezes fastest with the thermostatat the highest setting.

Tip!

- Make ice cubes at night when yourrefrigerator has more spare capacity.

Door locking mechanism

The refrigerator door has an automaticlocking mechanism. The door locksautomatically when you press it shut firmly.This automatic locking mechanism alsokeeps the refrigerator door shut duringdriving. For some models an additionalsecurity device is fitted below the refrigerator.By pushing the locking bar over the pin whenthe door is closed, you can be sure that thedoor does not open during your journey.

If you are not going to use the refrigerator fora prolonged period of time, you can use thespecial storage latch of the door lockingmechanism (see illustration) to preventodours. Rotate the hook through 90 degreesand lock it in place using the strike plate.

MODEL NUMBERS:

Electrical ignition (N80E, N90E, N100E,N109E, N110E, N145E, N175 & N180)

• EES (Electric Energy Selection):the 'Electric' version, where the preferredenergy source has to be selectedmanually [no 'Auto' function possible]

SWITCHING ON THE REFRIGERATOR(control panel)

• It is recommended to clean the inside ofthe refrigerator before you switch it on.

• Let the refrigerator cool for at least eighthours before you place food in it for thefirst time.

Switching on the refrigerator

1. Open the valve of the gas bottle.

2. Open the taps of the gas supply.

A = Main switch (on/off) B = Mode selection switch C = cooling level selection switch D = Function LED E = LCD display

Page 104: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

105

3. Press main switch (A). The function LEDwill turn blue and all symbols on the LCDdisplay will light up.

4. Use the mode selection switch to selectthe power supply that you want. The LCDdisplay will show the option you haveselected.

5. Set the desired refrigerating cooling levelby means of the cooling level selectionswitch (C). The LCD display will show thecooling level setting you have selected.

A. Use the main switch to switch therefrigerator on and off. The function LEDwill turn blue. The display LCD shows themost recent settings. After 10 secondsthe LCD display's backlight will go out.The function LED remains blue.

B. Press the mode selector switch and theLCD display backlight will show thesetting for 10 seconds. Pressing the modeselector switch successive times takesyou through the menu in the followingsequence: Manual DC (12V), manual gas,manual mains voltage (230V).

C. Use the cooling level selector switch tocontrol the temperature of the refrigerator.When you press the cooling level selectorswitch, the LCD backlight will light up andshow the currently set temperature. Everytime you press the cooling level selectorswitch again, you set the refrigerator oneposition cooler. On reaching the coldest

temperature, the system will start again atthe warmest temperature setting. Tenseconds after release of the cooling levelselector switch, the system will switch offthe LCD backlight.

Selecting electrical power manually

Mains voltage (230V):

The LED warns you whenever insufficientvoltage is available or if a fault occurs. Ifthis happens, the LED will start flashingonce per second and an error code isshown in the LCD display

When sufficient current is available again, orthe fault has been resolved, the LED will emita steady blue light again.

Direct current (12V):

The LED warns you whenever yourvehicle's engine is not running, or if afault occurs, or if insufficient voltage isavailable. If this happens, the LED willstart flashing once per second and anerror code is shown in the LCD display.

Once the engine is running, or the fault hasbeen resolved, or sufficient voltage isavailable again, the LED will again emit asteady blue light.

Powering with gas

Warning! - Flammable material must be keptaway from the rear of the refrigerator.

• For selection of gas type, see theinformation plate inside your refrigerator.

• For the pressure regulator model, see the information plate inside your refrigeratorand the table at the back of this booklet.

• The type of gas container and its locationmust be in compliance with the mostrecent regulations. Ensure that the unit isinstalled in a location with goodventilation and make sure that theventilation openings in the gas containerstorage location remain open.

• The changing of the gas container mustbe done outside in the open air and out ofreach of any possible sources of ignition.

• It is prohibited to use gas to power therefrigerator while you are driving.

• It is prohibited to use gas to power therefrigerator in the vicinity of petrol stations.

Selecting gas operation manually

If the flame cannot be lit within 30seconds, the gas supply will stop and gasmode will be switched off. The LED startflashing every second and an error codeis shown in the LCD display.

The gas mode can be reset only if therefrigerator is switched off. If you switch therefrigerator on again and the gas mode isstill not working, the LED of the manual gasmode will flash to indicate that gas is

Page 105: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

106

unavailable and an error code is shown inthe LCD display.

Important! It is prohibited to use gas to powerthe refrigerator while you are driving. If a roadaccident results in a fire, there is a danger ofexplosion. It is prohibited to use gas to powerthe refrigerator in the vicinity of petrol stations.If it takes longer than 15 minutes to refuel yourvehicle, you should switch the refrigerator offusing the main switch (A).

Switching off the refrigerator

• Push the main switch (A).

• The blue LED will go out.

• The refrigerator is now completelyswitched off.

• Use the special storage latch on the doorlocking mechanism to fixate the opendoor. This prevents unpleasant odoursand mould in the refrigerator.

MAINTENANCE

Regular maintenance is necessary to ensurethe correct functioning of your refrigerator.

Cleaning

Tip! A good time to clean your refrigerator isstraight after you have defrosted it.

• Clean the refrigerator with a soft clothand mild detergent.

• Dust the refrigerator with a soft,moistened cloth.

• Use a brush or soft cloth to remove oncea year any dust from the condenser atthe inside of the refrigerator.

Important! - Do not use soap or aggressivedetergents that are abrasive or soda-based.

• The removable interior components of therefrigerator are not dishwasher proof.

Defrosting

Frost will gradually build up on the condenserof the refrigerator. You should defrost therefrigerator as soon as the frost layer is about3 mm thick. Frost reduces the refrigeratingcapacity and life of your refrigerator.

• Remove the ice cube tray and all food.

• Switch off the refrigerator.

• Leave the refrigerator door open.

• Place dry towels in the refrigerator toabsorb the water.

• Place trays containing hot water in thefreezer compartment.

• After defrosting (when the freezercompartment and condenser are frost-free),remove the towels and the water trays anduse a cloth to dry off the refrigerator.

• Switch the refrigerator on again in theway described in section 4.1 ("Ignitingand starting your refrigerator").

Important! - Do not use force or sharpobjects to remove frost.

• Do not try to accelerate defrosting byusing (for example) a hair dryer.

Door locking mechanism

Frost will form in the refrigerator if the door isnot closed properly. To determine whether thedoor closes properly, close the door with apiece of paper between the door and therefrigerator. Pull at the piece of paper. If you feelresistance, the refrigerator door closes properly.If you feel no resistance, the door does notclose properly. Perform this test regularly on allfour sides of the refrigerator door.

If you find that the door does not closeproperly, check whether the door lockingmechanism keeps the door properly shut.

Winter operation

If you use the refrigerator when the outdoortemperature is below 8°C, install theThetford vent winter/storage cover on theventilation grills. The cover protects yourrefrigerator from excessively cold air. Thewinter cover is a refrigerator accessoryobtainable from your caravan dealer.

Tip! It is advisable to use the winter/storagecover if you are not going to use the vehiclefor a long period of time.

Page 106: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

107

IMPORTANT; DO NOT USE THE WINTER/STORAGE COVER IN TEMPERATURESGREATER THAN 8°C AS THIS CAN DAMAGETHE COOLING UNIT AT THE REAR OF THEFRIDGE. Remove the covers and re-fit whenplacing the vehicle back into storage.

Maintenance of gas equipment

A qualified service engineer must maintainand inspect gas and electrical equipment. Itis advisable to have this maintenance workperformed by a customer service centre.Contact the Customer Service department ofThetford for a list of qualified parties.

Important! European laws covering gasappliances and extractors prescribeobservance of the following rules (which arethe user's responsibility):

• appliances that run on liquid gas must beinspected before being used for the firsttime and every year thereafter.

• the gas burner must be cleaned at leastonce a year or more frequently if necessary.

• If a gas hose is used, it must be checkedannually. This hose has a limited life and,thus, must be regularly replaced. Checkthe hose regularly for cracks, splits andageing. If in doubt, replace the hose. Payattention to the maximum life of the hoseand replace it in time, as advised by themanufacturer or in conformance withlocal regulations.

• For replacement, a gas hose approved inaccordance with the local regulationsmust be used. Position the hose so thatit can rotate, is not kinked, and will allow

• Due to the limited life of the gas hose, it must be installed so that replacement is possible.

Maintenance checklist

This refrigerator will give you many years oftrouble-free use if you simply run through thefollowing checklist regularly:

• keep the refrigerator clean (see section 7.1of the user instruction manual, "Cleaning");

• defrost the refrigerator as often as isnecessary (see section 7.2 of the userinstruction manual, "Defrosting");

• check the door closing mechanism regularly(see section 7.3 of the user instructionmanual, "Door locking mechanism");

• make sure that the ventilation grills arenot blocked;

• Regularly clean the ventilation grills.

Vent screen

The vent has a vent screen to prevent bugsfrom entering the combustion area of therefrigerators. These vents need to becleaned regularly to insure a good airflow.When the refrigerator performs poor becauseof external circumstances such as extremeambient temperatures, the vents can beremoved to improve the airflow and improvethe cooling performance of the refrigerators.

STORAGE

If you do not expect to use your refrigeratorfor a lengthy period, carry out the following actions:

• Remove all food

• Switch off the refrigerator

• Clean the refrigerator as described inSection 7.1 'Cleaning'

• Shut off the gas tap to the refrigerator

• Leave the door of the refrigerator ajarusing the special door closure hook(storage position)

• Place the winter protection on theventilation grill.

Ventilation grating with winter cover

Page 107: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

108

TROUBLESHOOTING

If your refrigerator does not refrigerateproperly or will not start, run through thefollowing checklist. If this fails to solve theproblem, please contact the CustomerService Department in your country (see theaddresses at the back of this manual).

• Check whether you have followed theinstructions in chapters 4, 5 or 6 of theuser instruction manual("Switching on the refrigerator").

• Check whether the refrigerator is on alevel surface.

• Check whether the refrigerator can beused with an available energy source.

Problem: refrigerator will not work on gas

Possible cause Action you can take

a) Gas bottle is empty. a) Replace the gas bottle.

b) Valve of the gas bottle or one of b) Open the valve of the gas bottlethe shut-off valves is closed. or shut-off valve(s).

Problem: refrigerator will not work on 12V DC

Possible cause Action you can take

a) 12V fuse is defective. a) Fit a new fuse (Camper —> fuse boxof camper. Car —> fuse box of car)

b) Battery is empty. b) Test the battery and charge it.

Problem: refrigerator will not refrigerate sufficiently

Possible cause Action you can take

a) Insufficient ventilation for the refrigerator. a) Check whether the ventilation gratings are covered.

b) Thermostat set too low. b) Increase the setting of the thermostat

c) Too much ice on the condenser. c) Check whether the refrigerator door shuts properly and defrost the refrigerator.

d) Too much hot food stored simultaneously. d) Let the food cool off first.

e) Gas burner is dirty. e) Have the gas burner cleaned.

f) Door does not shut properly. f) Check the door closing mechanism.

Page 108: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

109

Control Panel Diagnostics

Refrigerators with a LCD control panel havea special diagnostics area which displays anerror code if there is a fault.

• Fault 1: AC heater current is measured tobe 75% below nominal current.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 2: DC heater current is measured tobe 75% below nominal current.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 3: AC heater is ON when it shouldbe OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 4: DC heater is ON when it shouldbe OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 5: Senses flame when gas shouldbe OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 6: Senses gas output terminal ONwhen should be OFF.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 7: Senses gas output terminal OFFwhen should be ON.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

• Fault 8: AC mains supply is 20% belownominal.

Action: Your controls are in manual ACmode, but there is no power available.Check if you plugged in the 230Vconnection, if so the voltage supply onthe 230V connection is to low, contactthe power supplier.

• Fault 9: Gas lockout because flame failsto ignite after 30 seconds.

Action: Your controls are in manual gasmode, but the flame fails to ignite. Checkif your gas cylinder is empty or if one ofthe shut-off valves is closed. Selectanother energy source. Reset the fridge 3or 4 times in gas-mode until flame ignites.Contact your dealer or a Thetford ServiceCentre if problem isn't resolved.

• Fault 10: No "engine running" signal ispresent and control is in Manual DCmode.

Action: Your controls are in manual DCmode and the engine of your vehicle isnot running. The refrigerator can only coolon 12V when the engine of your vehicle isrunning. Start the engine or select adifferent energy mode.

• Fault 11: No energy source is availableand control is in AUTO mode.

Action: Your controls are in AUTO mode,but no energy source is available. Startthe engine, connect the 230V supply oropen the gas supply and reset therefrigerator by turning it of and on again.

• Fault 12: Contact your dealer or aThetford Service Centre.

• Fault 13: Thermistor fails; controlautomatically switches to Backup mode(BOS).

Action: Check if the connector above thefin on the inside of the cabinet is correctlyplugged in. If so contact your dealer or aThetford Service Centre.

• Fault 14: Display Board and Power boardlost communication with each other.

Action: Contact your dealer or a ThetfordService Centre.

Page 109: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

110

GUARANTEE, CUSTOMER SERVICE AND LIABILITY

Guarantee

Thetford B.V offers the end users of Thetfordrefrigerators a three-year guarantee.

In the case of defects within the guaranteeperiod, Thetford will repair or replace theproduct. In this instance, the costs ofreplacement, labour costs for thereplacement of defective components and/orthe costs of the parts themselves will bepaid by Thetford.

1. To make a claim under this guarantee, theuser must take the product to a ServiceCentre recognised by Thetford. The claimwill be assessed here.

2. If components are replaced during repairunder guarantee, these become theproperty of Thetford.

3. This guarantee does not prejudice currentconsumer protection law.

4. This guarantee is not valid in the case ofproducts that are for, or are used for,commercial purposes.

5. No claim under the guarantee will beaccepted in the following circumstances:

- the product has been improperly usedor the instructions in the manual havenot been followed

- the product has not been installed inaccordance with the instructions

- alterations have been made to theproduct

- the product has been repaired by aService Centre not recognised byThetford

- the serial number or product code havebeen changed

- the product has been damaged bycircumstances outside the normal useof the product

Liability

Thetford is not liable for loss and/or damagecaused directly or indirectly by use of therefrigerator.

ENVIRONMENT

Refrigerators manufactured by Thetford B.V.are PCB-free. Most of the refrigerator isrecyclable.

If the refrigerator has reached the end of itsservice life, contact your local wasteprocessing company to dispose of therefrigerator in an environment-friendly way.

Energy-saving tips

• Install the refrigerator and switch it onabout 12 hours before you put anything init.

• Do not expose the refrigerator to directsunlight.

• At an ambient temperature ofapproximately 25°C you can let therefrigerator operate at the middle position of the thermostat (both with gas operation and mains voltage).

• Store foods that have been pre-cooled.

• Open the door only briefly when you takethings out of the refrigerator.

• Defrost the refrigerator regularly.

Page 110: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

111

Do not use the oven with the door innerglass panel removed (glass oven doors only).

If the cooker has a storage compartmentbelow the oven, this should only be used tostore oven furniture. Do not store anyflammable materials in this compartment.

When cooking with fat or oil, never leaveunattended.

Turn pan handles inwards so they are out ofreach of children and cannot be caughtaccidentally.

Glass lids may shatter when heated, turn offall burners before shutting the lid.

Models without ignition button: For safetyreasons, we recommend the use of a handheld spark ignitor or gas lighter to ignite theburner, rather than a match or taper, whichcould allow burning debris to fall behind theappliance.

When you have finished cooking, checkthat all controls are in the off position.

THE HOB

Caution:• Do not use foil on the hob, as it creates a

fire hazard

• Glass lids may shatter when heated, turn off all burners before shutting the lid

• Note: When positioning the pan support, ensure that the fingers are central to the burners (Fig 1 of the user instructionmanual).

In the event of the burner flames beingaccidentally extinguished, turn off the burnercontrol and do not attempt to re-light theburner for at least 1 minute.

SPARE PARTS

When ordering spare parts, please give thefollowing information so the appliance can becorrectly identified:

1. The name of the appliance from the facia, and its colour.

2. The model number and the serial number of the appliance (from the data badge).

BE SAFE - NOT SORRY

Warning: Good ventilation is essential to thecontinuing safe operation of all gasappliances. Do not allow any ventilationopenings to become accidentally ordeliberately blocked.

Keep all flammable materials (such ascurtains, furnishings, towels and clothing)away from the appliance.

Parts of the appliance may be hot during orimmediately after use. Allow sufficient timefor the appliance to cool after switching off.

When opening the appliance door, take careto avoid skin contact with any steam whichmay escape from the cooking.

Do not use aluminium foil to cover the grillpan, or put items wrapped in foil under thegrill as this can create a fire hazard.

STOVES HOBS, GRILLS ANDOVENSPLEASE READ THE MANUFACTURERSINSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING THEAPPLIANCE

WARNING: When you are cooking it isessential to provide additional ventilationsuch as opening windows near the grill,cooker and oven.

WARNING: When using cooking orheating appliances, surfaces and handlesmay become hot. Care should be takenand if necessary hand protection used.

WARNING: Extra care should be takenwhen accessing the locker above the hobespecially whilst the hob is in use.Always be aware when opening thelocker door objects could fall out ontocooking pans causing injury.

BURNER IGNITION

The hotplate lid must be open for thehotplate, grill or oven burners to ignite.

The ignition should not be operated for morethan 15 seconds. If, after 15 seconds theburner has not lit, stop operating the ignition,open the compartment door and wait at least1 minute before attempting to ignite theburner.

Page 111: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

112

ELECTRIC HOTPLATES

Before using for the first time, prime thehotplate - switch it on without a pan toharden and burn off the coating. Use amedium-high setting for 3 - 5 minutes. Anon-toxic smoke may occur.

To switch on, turn the hotplate control knobto the required setting.

The high speed hotplate ring (if fitted) isidentified by its central red spot - this ringhas a faster response time.

THE GRILL

• Note: The door must be open when the grill is used.

• Caution: When the grill is being used, accessible parts may be hot; young children should be kept away.

• Never cover the grill pan or grid with cooking foil, or allow fat to build up in the grill pan as this creates a fire hazard.

• Keep all flammable material away from theappliance.

To light the grillPush in the control knob and turnanticlockwise to the large flame symbol.Keep the knob depressed, and press theignition button (if fitted), or use a hand heldspark ignitor or gas lighter. The knob mustbe held in for 15-20 seconds beforereleasing.

Detachable grill handle (if supplied)Place the handle (shield uppermost) over theedge of the grill pan at the recess and slidealong to position centrally between the twolocater bumps. To remove the handle, placethe grill pan down, and lift the handle slightlyas you slide it along the recess.

Using the grillPush in the grill pan until it locates centrallyunder the grill burner

There are three different grilling positions asthe trivet can be inverted to give a high orlow position or it may be removed.

1. The high trivet position is suitable for toasting bread.

2. The low trivet position is suitable for grilling all types of meat.

3. With the trivet removed the food is placeddirectly on the base of the grill pan, eg; when cooking dishes such as whole fish.

Always preheat the grill for 3 minutes forbest results.

When you have finished grilling, check thecontrol knob is in the off position.

Always use the most appropriate size ofburner for the pan you wish to use. Usepans with a flat base of minimum 100mm/4ins diameter, and maximum 200mm/8 insdiameter, which are stable in use. Avoid oldor misshapen pans as these may causeinstability.

Important: Any spillage of liquid should becleaned away immediately to reduce the riskof fluid entering the appliance.

Ignition - Push in the control knob and turnanticlockwise to the large flame symbol.Keep the knob depressed, and press theignition button (if fitted), or use a hand heldspark ignitor or gas lighter. The knob mustbe held in for 15-20 seconds beforereleasing.

Stoves Hob

Page 112: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

113

THE OVEN

Caution: When you are cooking, keep children away from the vicinity of the oven.

• Important: A safety device stops the ignition being used when the oven door is closed.

• Do no use foil on the oven shelves as this creates a fire hazard, and can hinder circulation of heat.

• Keep all flammable material away from the appliance.

To light the oven

1. Open the oven door and turn the control knob anticlockwise to the required gas mark. Push in and hold in the control knob, and either press the ignition button (if fitted) or use a hand held spark ignitor or gas lighter.

2. Once the burner has lit, close the oven door and hold the knob in for 15-20 seconds.

3. If the flame goes out, the flame sensing device cuts off the gas supply to the burner. To light the oven again, wait for 3 minutes then repeat the above procedure.

To turn off - Push in the control knob andturn clockwise.

PreheatingThe oven must be preheated for 10 minuteswhen reheating frozen or chilled food, andwe recommend preheating for all yeastmixtures, batters, soufflés and whiskedsponges.

Using the ovenThe shelf positions in the oven can bealtered. If you prefer darker cooked results,cook on a higher shelf. For paler results usea lower shelf.

The cake tray and roasting tin that aresupplied with this appliance are the largestwhich can be used for good results and evenbaking. Extra shelves, tins or trays can beordered from your supplier.

Place food items on the tray and position thetray on the centre of the shelf, leaving oneclear shelf position between shelves to allowfor circulation of air.

CLEANING

Caution: Any cleaning agent usedincorrectly may damage the appliance.

Always let the appliance cool beforecleaning.

Some cooking operations generate aconsiderable amount of grease. Thiscombined with spillage can become a hazardif allowed to accumulate on the appliancethrough lack of cleaning. In extreme casesthis may amount to misuse of the applianceand could invalidate your guarantee.

Do not use caustic pastes, abrasive cleaningpowders, coarse wire wool or any hardimplements as they will damage thesurfaces.

All parts of the appliance can be safelycleaned with a cloth wrung out in hot soapywater.

Burner caps and heads

Important: Allow burners to cool beforecleaning.

Caution: Hotplate burners can be damagedby soaking, automatic dishwashers (ordishwater powders/liquids), caustic pastes,hard implements, coarse wire wool andabrasive cleaning pastes.

Page 113: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

114

For the burners to work safely, the slots inthe burner head, where the flames burn,need to be kept clear of deposit. Clean witha nylon brush, rinse and dry thoroughly.

Clean with a mild cream cleaner eg; Cif, oruse a moist soapy Brillo pad.

Note: Fixed burners (if fitted): Some versionsincorporate fixed burners. These burners aresecured to the hob with 2 screws. Fixedburners must be cleaned whilst in position.Make sure that the gap between the burnerand the hotplate does not become blockedwith grease.

Glass parts (if fitted)

DOOR PANELS, FACIA PANEL, HOTPLATE LID

Do not use abrasive cleaners or polishes.Use a mild cream cleaner, eg; Cif. Rinsethoroughly and dry with a soft cloth.

The inner door glass panel can be removedfor cleaning; open the door wide, hold thebottom and top edges and slide out. Whenreplacing the glass panel, hold it level andstraight with the grooves in the door trimsbefore sliding back in.

Painted, plastic and gold coloured parts

DOOR FRAME & HANDLES, CONTROLKNOBS

Only use a clean cloth wrung out in hotsoapy water.

Vitreous enamel parts

GRILL PAN, HEATGUARD, OVEN/GRILLCOMPARTMENT(S), HOB SPILLAGE WELL,PAN SUPPORTS

Use a mild cream cleaner. Look for one thathas the Vitreous Enamel Council'srecommendation seal, eg; Cif.

Chrome plated parts (Fig 1)

GRILL GRID, SHELVES, SHELF RUNNERS

Do no use abrasives or polishes. Use amoist soap pad, eg; Brillo. Shelf runners canbe removed for cleaning. Grasp the runnersand slide out of the hanging holes as shownin fig 1.

Stainless steel surfaces (stainless steel models only)

Only use a clean cloth wrung out in hotsoapy water, and dry with a soft cloth. Donot use undiluted bleach or any productscontaining chlorides as they can permanentlydamage the steel.

Some foods are corrosive, eg; vinegar, fruitjuices and salt, and they can mark ordamage stainless steel if they are left on thesurface for any length of time. Wipe anyspillage immediately.

Sharp objects can mark the surface ofstainless steel but will become lessnoticeable with time.

Electric hotplates

Important: Ensure that elements are switched off and cool before cleaning

For normal cleaning use a clean damp cloth.For heavy cleaning, use a clean damp clothor scouring pad with a cream cleaner.

Follow the circular grooved pattern on thehotplate. Rinse off any cleansing agentthoroughly, then switch on to a low-mediumsetting for few minutes to dry. When cleaningtake care to avoid the red dot on the highspeed hotplate (if fitted).

Fig. 1 Chrome Plated Parts

Page 114: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

115

SPINFLO OVENIMPORTANT: Before using the appliances forthe first time, remove all accessories andpacking in the grill and oven, including anysurface protection film, i.e. plastic coating.Clean all interior surfaces with hot soapywater to remove any residual protectivecovering of oil and rinse carefully.

WARNING

• ACCESSIBLE PARTS MAY BE HOTWHEN THE GRILL IS USED, YOUNGCHILDREN SHOULD BE KEPT AWAY.

• WHEN COOKING ALWAYS ENSUREYOUNG CHILDREN ARE KEPT AWAY.

Ensure the gas cylinder is turned on. In theevent of a gas smell, turn off at the cylinder andcontact supplier. The burners on this appliancehave fixed aeration and no adjustment isrequired. Depending on the gas being used, theburners should flame as follows:

PROPANE - The flames should burn quietlywith a blue/green colour with no sign ofyellow tips.

BUTANE - Normally on initial lighting, assmall amount of yellow tipping will occur andthen slightly increases as the burner heats up.

IMPORTANT: The control tap on this applianceoperates both the grill and oven burners. Toensure safe operation it is not possible to

operate both burners at the same time.

Using the hob burners

1. Ensure gas cylinder/supply is connected andturned on. In the event of a gas smell turn offat gas cylinder/mains and contact supplier

2. Flame supervision: Each burner iscontrolled individually and is monitored bya thermocouple probe. In the event of theburner flames being accidentallyextinguished, turn off the burner controland do not attempt to re-ignite the burnerfor at least one minute.

3. To light: Push in the control knob and turn tofull rate - see Fig.2. Hold a lighted match ortaper to the burner and push the controlknob in and hold. It is necessary to hold theknob depressed after the burner has ignitedor approximately 10-15 seconds, to allow thethermocouple probe to reach temperature,before releasing the knob. Should the flamego out when the knob is released, theprocedure should be repeated holding theknob depressed for slightly longer.

4. For models fitted with spark ignition theprocedure is similar except that the burnercan be ignited by depressing the ignitionbutton, which is located on the fascia. Ifthe burner has not lit within 15 secondsthe control knob should be released andthe burner left for at least 1 minute beforea further attempt to ignite the burner.

5. For simmering, turn the knob further anti-clockwise to the low rate position.

6. To turn off: Turn the control know until theline on the control knob is aligned with thedot on the control panel. Always make surethe control knob is in the off position whenyou have finished using the hotplate burners.

IMPORTANT: The two in line hob burners onthis appliance will support pans from 10cmto 20cm. The single hob burner will supportpans from 10cm to 22cm.

WARNING

• GLASS LIDS MAY SHATTER WHENHEATED. TURN OFF THE HOTPLATEAND ALLOW IT TO COOL BEFORECLOSING THE GLASS LID.

• REMOVE ALL SPILLAGE FROM THESURFACE OF THE GLASS LID BEFORE OPENING.

Using the grill

IMPORTANT

• THE GRILL MUST ONLY BE USED WITHTHE DOOR OPEN.

• THE HEAT DEFLECTOR BELOW THEFASCIA SHOULD BE PULLED OUTPRIOR TO LIGHTING THE GRILL. NEVER ADJUST THE HEAT DEFLECTORPOSITION WITHOUT USING HANDPROTECTION I.E. OVEN GLOVES.

Page 115: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

116

1. Ensure gas cylinder/supply is connectedand turned on. In the event of a gassmell turn off at gas cylinder/mains andcontact supplier.

2. To light: Open door, push in the controlknob and turn to full rate - see Fig 2.

Hold alighted match or taper to the burnerand push the control knob in and hold.The burner should ignite and the controlknob should be held in for 10-15 secondsbefore release. If the burner goes out,repeat procedure holding control knob forslightly longer.

3. For models fitted with spark ignition theprocedure is similar except that theburner can be ignited by depressing theignition button, which is located on thefascia. Ignition must be carried out withthe door open, and if the burner has notlit within 15 seconds the control knobshould be released and the grill left for atleast 1 minute before a further attempt toignite the burner.

4. On first use of the grill, it should be heatedfor about 20 minutes to eliminate anyresidual factory lubricants that mightimpart unpleasant smells to the food beingcooked. An non-toxic smoke may occurwhen using for the first time so open anywindows and turn on mechanicalventilators to help remove the smoke.

5. Although the grill does heat up quickly, itis recommended that a few minutes pre-

heat be allowed.

6. Flame Failure Device (FFD): The grill burneris fitted with a flame sensing probe, whichwill automatically cut off the gas supply inthe event of the flame going out. In theevent of the burner flames accidentallybeing extinguished, turn off the burnercontrol and do not attempt to re-ignite theburner for at least one minute.

7. It is normal for the flames on this burnerto develop yellow tips as it heats up,particularly on Butane.

8. A reversible grill pan trivet enables thecorrect grilling height to be achieved.

Fast toasting - trivet in high position

Grilling sausages - trivet in high position

Grilling steak/bacon - trivet in high position

Grilling chops, etc. - trivet in low position

Slow grilling - trivet removed

9. To turn off: Turn the control knob until theline on the control knob is aligned with thedot on the control panel. Always makesure the control knob is in the off positionwhen you have finished grilling.

IMPORTANT

• The pan supplied with the appliance ismulti functional, for use either whilstgrilling or when using the oven.

• The handle design allows removal orinsertion whilst the pan is in use.

Using the oven

1. Ensure gas cylinder/supply is connected andturned on. In the event of a gas smell turn offat gas cylinder/mains and contact supplier.

2. To light: Open door, push in the controlknob and turn to gas mark 9. Hold a lightedmatch or taper to the burner and push thecontrol knob in and hold. The burner shouldignite and the control knob should be heldin for 10-15 seconds before release. If theburner goes out, repeat the process holdingcontrol knob for slightly longer.

3. For models fitted with spark ignition theprocedure is similar except that theburner can be ignited by depressing theignition button, which is located on thefascia. Ignition must be carried out withthe door open, and if the burner has notlit within 15 seconds the control knobshould be released and the oven left for atleast one minute before a further attemptto ignite the burner.

4. Place the oven shelf in the requiredposition and close the door. Set controlknob to approximately gas mark 5 andheat the oven for about 30 minutes toeliminate any residual factory lubricantsthat might impart unpleasant smells to themeals being cooked. A non-toxic smokemay occur when using for the first time soopen any windows and turn on mechanicalventilators to help remove the smoke.

Page 116: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

117

5. Although the oven does heat up quickly, itis recommended that a 10 minute pre-heatshould be allowed. The oven should be upto full temperature in about 15-20 minutes.

6. To turn off: Turn the control knob until theline on the control knob is aligned with thedot on the control panel.

7. Shelf: The shelf has been designed toallow good circulation at the rear of theoven and are also fitted with a raised barto prevent trays or dishes making contactwith the back of the oven. To remove ashelf, pull forward until it stops, raise atfront and remove.

Oven temperature control

The temperature in the oven is controlled bya thermostatic gas tap and is variable overthe range 130ºC to 240ºC. Approximatetemperatures for the settings on the controlknob are shown in the table below. Thetemperatures indicated refer to the centre ofthe oven and at any particular setting theoven will be hotter at the top and coolertowards the base.

The variation between top and centre, andcentre to bottom is approximately equivalent toone gas mark. Good use can be made of thetemperature variation in several dishes requiringdifferent temperatures may be cooked at thesame time. In this way maximum benefit canbe obtained from the gas used to heat theoven. Care should be taken not to overload the

oven, adequate spacing being used to allowfree circulation for heat.

Cooking guidelines

See user instructions.

Do’s and Don’ts

DO read the user instructions carefully beforeusing the appliance for the first time.

DO allow the oven to heat before using forthe first time, in order to expel any smellsbefore the introduction of food.

DO clean the appliance regularly.

DO remove spills as soon as they occur.

DO always use oven gloves when removingfood shelves and trays from the oven.

DO check that controls are in the offposition.

DON’T allow children near the cooker whenin use. Turn pan handles away from the frontso that they cannot be caught accidentally.

DON’T allow fats or oils to build up in theoven tray or base.

DON’T use abrasive cleaners or powdersthat will scratch the surfaces of theappliance.

DON’T under any circumstances use theoven as a space heater.

DON’T put heavy objects onto open grill andoven doors.

Leaks

If a smell of gas becomes apparent, thesupply should be turned off at the cylinderIMMEDIATELY. Extinguish naked lightsincluding cigarettes and pipes. Do not operateelectrical switches. Open all doors andwindows to disperse any gas escape.Butane/Propane gas is heavier than air; anyescaping gas will therefore collect at low level.The strong unpleasant smell of gas will enablethe general area of the leak to be detected.Check that the gas is not escaping from anunlighted appliance. Never check for leakswith a naked flame, leak investigation shouldbe carried out using a leak detector spray.

SHARP R209 MICROWAVE OVENPlease refer to the appliance manufacturershandbook regarding: - OPERATION, COOKINGADVICE, AFTERCARE and GUARANTEE

WARNING: THE DOOR, OUTER CABINET,OVEN CAVITY, TURNTABLE AND DISHESWILL BECOME VERY HOT DURINGOPERATION. TO PREVENT BURNS,ALWAYS USE THICK OVEN GLOVES.

ELECTRICAL CONNECTION

• Do not allow water to come into contactwith the power supply cord or plug.

• Insert the plug properly into the socket.

Page 117: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

118

• Do not connect other appliances to thesame socket using an adaptor plug.

• If the power supply cord is damaged, itmust be replaced by a Sharp approvedservice facility or a similarly qualifiedperson to avoid a hazard.

• When removing the plug from the socketalways grip the plug, never the cord asthis may damage the power supply cordand the connections inside the plug.

• If the plug fitted to your oven is arewireable type and in the event of thesocket outlet in your home not beingcompatible with the plug supplied, remove the plug properly (do not cut off).

• If the plug fitted to your oven is a non-rewireable type and in the event of thesocket outlet in your home not beingcompatible with the plug supplied, cut-offthe mains plug.

• Refit with a suitable type, observing thewiring code given in ‘To replace themains plug’ on page 34 of the SHARPuser instructions.

IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONSPLEASE READ CAREFULLY AND KEEPFOR FUTURE REFERENCE

OVEN USE:

• THE OVEN IS FOR DOMESTIC FOODUSE ONLY.

• NEVER OPERATE THE OVEN WHEN EMPTY.

• DO NOT LEAVE OR STORE ANYTHINGINSIDE THE OVEN WHEN NOT IN USE.

• NEVER ATTEMPT TO USE THE OVENWITH THE DOOR OPEN. IT IS IMPORTANT

NOT TO FORCE OR TAMPER WITH THEDOOR SAFETY LATCHES.

• NEVER OPERATE THE OVEN WITH ANYOBJECT CAUGHT IN THE DOOR.

• DO NOT INSERT FINGERS OR OBJECTSIN THE HOLES OF THE DOOR LATCHESOR AIR-VENT OPENINGS AS THIS MAYDAMAGE THE OVEN AND CAUSE ANELECTRIC SHOCK.

1. Oven lamp

2. Control panel

3. Door opening button

4. Waveguide cover (DO NOT REMOVE)

5. Oven cavity

6. Coupling

7. Door latches

8. Door hinges

9. Door seals and sealing surfaces

10. Power cord

11. Ventilation openings

12. Outer cabinet

13. Turntable

14. Roller stay

Page 118: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

119

• IF WATER OR FOOD DROPS INSIDE THEAIR VENT OPENINGS SWITCH OFF THEOVEN IMMEDIATELY, UNPLUG IT ANDCALL A SHARP APPROVED SERVICEFACILITY. (SEE PAGE 34 OF THE USERINSTRUCTIONS).

• NEVER MOVE THE OVEN WHILE IT ISOPERATING.

• NEVER PLACE ANY OBJECT SUCH AS ATEA TOWEL, ORNAMENT, RECIPE BOOKETC IN ANY OF THE AIR GAPSBETWEEN THE MICROWAVE AND THEINSIDE FACE OF THE MICROWAVECABINET. CLEAR AIR GAPS AT THETOP, BOTTOM AND BOTH ENDS AREESSENTIAL TO THE EFFICIENTOPERATION OF THE MICROWAVE.

PACEMAKER: IF YOU HAVE A HEARTPACEMAKER, CONSULT YOUR DOCTOROR THE PACEMAKER MANUFACTURERPRIOR TO OVEN USE.

ADVISORY NOTE FOR USERS OF AMICROWAVE OVEN

Microwave Ovens were originally introducedto re-heat pre-cooked pies etc. Over theyears people started using them for re-heating ready made meals and now for theyare used for cooking small amounts of food.

Most small microwaves, and some largemicrowaves, cease to cook the food whenthe microwave starts to overheat. This oftenoccurs when batches of food are cookedconsecutively.

Overheating is caused by a number offactors: -

- The heat generated within the Microwave.

- The Heat generated by an adjacent Oven,Hob of Fridge/Freezer, Radiator etc.

- The Heat generated in the environmentdue to the heating system and/or lack ofventilation etc.

- The mounting of the microwave in ahousing.

It has been proven in independent tests thateven when placed on a worktop in an openhousehold kitchen environment a microwavewill switch off, or the Magnetron will reduce

MICROWAVE OVEN If factory fitted the specification is:

* Internal capacity is calculated by measuring maximum width, depth and height.Actual capacity for holding food is less.

If fitting a Microwave DIY we recommend you purchase the above specification.

Make SHARP

Model R209

Power supply SINGLE PHASE 230-240V, 50Hz,

Microwave Power Consumption 1.21kW

Input power 5.2A

Output Power 800W (IEC 60705)

Frequency 2450 MHz

Outside dimensions 460(W) x 281(H) x 360(D)mm

Cavity dimensions 322 (W) x 187(H) x 336 (D)mm*

Oven capacity 20 litre*

Cooking uniformity Turntable diameter 272mm

Weight Approx 12kg

Page 119: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

120

its output, when the microwave starts tooverheat.

This fact is exacerbated in a Caravan orMotorhome as space is at a premium. Themicrowave has to be placed in a cabinet tomaximize the space available for all thefamily activities that take place in the modernCaravan and Motorhome. The housing alsosecures the microwave whilst travelling.

Frequently the above results in theMicrowave being mounted above an Oven/Hob or a Fridge/Freezer.

When the Sharp Microwave starts tooverheat, the magnetron automaticallyreduces its output but the Microwave stilllooks the same. The Light will stay on, theturntable will continue to rotate, the coolingfan will still operate and the timer willcontinue.

The above means that times quoted inrecipes should be used for guidance only.

It is essential, when cooking with anymicrowave, that the food is examined toensure that it is fully cooked before eating.

Page 120: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

121

C-200 CW only C-200 CWE onlyC-200 CWonly

05

04

0604a 16

03

0102

08 07 09 14 12

1311

14

10

15

THETFORD CASSETTEC-200 CW (Manual)and C-200 CWE (Electric)FEATURES1. Removable seat and cover.2. Rotatable bowl.3. Valve blade handle: opens and closes

valve blade.4. Flush-handle activates the flush by lifting

and pushing down the handle.4a C-200 CWE. Flush button: activates

flush.5. Power-supply for the waste-level

indicator: two batteries, type: Penlite 1,5VAA alkaline.

6. Waste-level indicator: indicates when holding tank requires emptying.

7. Rotating pour out spout: makes emptyingholding tank easy and convenient.

8. Upper carrying handle9. Automatic holding tank vent: vents the

holding tank when the tank is inserted in the toilet. This prevents under- or overpressure in the holding tank.

10. Valve blade opener.11. Sliding cover: closes automatically when

holding tank is taken out. Guarantees optimal hygiene.

12. Valve-blade13. Vent button: vents the holding tank to

avoid splashing while emptying.14. Hand grip15. Access door16. Waterfill door

Page 121: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

122

CASSETTE C-200 CW AND C-200 CWE The toilet section of the C-200 includes arotatable bowl, removable seat and cover, aconsole with a flush handle/flush buttons, abuilt in flush-watertank and a waste levelwarning indicator. The valve blade handle islocated underneath the bowl.

PREPARING FOR USE1. Open access door pull retaining clip

upwards (fig. 1).

2. Remove holding tank by pulling straight out. When holding tank hits the stop, tilt front end downwards slightly and remove (fig. 2).

3. Position tank vertically and swivel pour out spout upwards (fig. 3).

4. Remove the cap of the pour out spout. Add required quantity of toilet fluid through pour-out spout then add approx. 2 litres of water through the spout to cover holding tank bottom. Replace cap and return pour out spout to its original stored position (fig. 4).

Note: Warmer weather or longer intervals between emptying the waste tank may require additional toilet fluid. Use only Thetford toilet fluid to achievethe best results.

Caution: Never add toilet fluid directly into toilet bowl.

5. Slide the holding tank into position through access door (fig. 5).

6. Make sure the holding tank is secured by the retaining clip. (fig. 6).

7. Open the waterfill door and add 50 ml of Aqua Rinse. Aqua Rinse results in a better flush and improves the hygiene of the toilet. Then fill the watertank with fresh water using a jerrycan or a hose. Tank capacity is 7 litres (fig. 7).

OPERATION8. Turn the bowl in the most comfortable

position (fig. 8).

9. C-200 CW only: Before using the toilet it is recommended to flush some water into the bowl by lifting and pressing downthe flush handle (fig. 9).

9a.C-200 CWE only: Before using the toilet it is recommended to flush some water into the bowl by pressing and releasing the flush button (fig. 9a).

87

1 2

3 4

5 6

9 9a

Page 122: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

123

10. The toilet may be used with the bladeopen or closed. Pull valve handletowards you to open (fig. 10).

11. C-200 CW only: After use, open valveblade (if still closed) and flush, lift theflush handle and press it down (fig. 11).After flushing, close the blade by turningthe blade handle.

11a. C-200 CWE only: After use, open valveblade (if still closed) and flush, press theflush button (fig. 11a). After flushing,close the blade by turning the bladehandle.

The waste holding tank is located underneaththe toilet and is removed for emptying fromthe outside of the vehicle through an accessdoor. A rotating pour out spout, automaticholding tank vent, air release valve, valveblade, carrying handles and hand grip areincorporated in the waste holding tank. Asliding cover guarantees optimal hygiene.

EMPTYING THE HOLDING TANKThe holding tank capacity is approx. 17 litresand the tank should be emptied when thewaste-level indicator lights up. The waste-level indicator lights up when the holdingtank contains more than 15 litres of waste.

CAUTION: Do not allow the holding tank tobecome overfilled. See trouble shootingsection for emergency emptyingprocedure.

12. Open access door and remove the holding tank. The holding tank can only be removed when the valve blade is closed (fig. 12).

13. Carry the holding tank to a normal household type toilet or other authoriseddisposal point. Place the holding tank in vertical position and rotate pour out spout upwards (fig. 13).

14. Remove the spout cap. Grasp unit by upper carrying handle nearest to pour out spout. Place other hand on upper rear hand grip so that vent button can be depressed with the thumb while emptying. This ensures a smooth outflow of the tank contents. (fig. 14).

Note: Only depress the vent button when pour out spout is pointed downwards.

Rinse the holding tank with clean water. For preparing for use again, see steps 1 to 7.

CLEANING AND MAINTENANCEThe lipseal and the seal of the automatic ventare made of rubber and therefore these partsneed regular maintenance (depending onfrequency of use, once or twice a month).

10

11 11a

12 13

14 15

Page 123: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

124

Lipseal: Remove the sliding cover. Open thevalve-blade by turning the blade-openerknob anticlockwise. Clean the seal withwater. Dry the seal and grease with siliconespray/oil or vegetable oil.

Seal of automatic vent: Turn the automaticvent 60° anticlockwise and remove gently.Clean the seal with water. Dry the seal andgrease with silicone spray/oil or vegetableoil.

To clean the holding tank, empty the tank,and rinse with clean water. Use a mild soapto clean toilet bowl, seat and cover, as wellas exterior of toilet unit and holding tank.

NOTE: Do not use strong householddetergents or cleaners that contain chlorine,solvents or acid contents.

WINTERING/STORAGEThe Thetford Cassette C-200 CW/CWE iseasily winterised for storage.

Empty remaining fresh water into the bowlby activating the flush handle up and down(C-200 CW) or by pressing the flush button(C-200 CWE).

Once pump has been cleared and water flowhas stopped completely, release into wastetank. Remove waste tank and emptycontents in normal way.

To evacuate any remaining water from thefresh water tank. place a containerunderneath the drainplug and removedrainplug.

When procedure has been completedreplace drainplug and waste holding tank(fig. 15). Clean the seals and grease themafter drying (see cleaning and maintenance).

Leave the blade of the holding tank open. Donot replace cap on the pour out spout, toventilate the holding tank. (Also grease theseal of the pour out spout cap.)

COLD WEATHER USEThe toilet can be used in cold weatherconditions provided that the toilet is inheated surroundings. If this is not the case,you can use a nontoxic antifreeze (propyleneglycol) or an antifreeze such as those used incar radiators. Add the antifreeze to the waterin the tank. Add the quantity specified in theinstructions, paying due regard to the safetyinstructions.

HIGH ALTITUDE AND WARM WEATHER USEPressure may build up in the holding tank ifthe tank is not inserted while driving at highaltitudes or in warm weather conditions. Theautomatic holding tank vent will vent thetank when there is over- or under-pressure.High temperatures may require additionalThetford toilet fluid.

THETFORD WARRANTY1. The Thetford Cassette is warranted for

one year from the date of purchase, please fill in and return the warranty card

2. The warranty covers replacement of defective or flawed parts and the inadequate performance of the toilet.

3. In case of a defect apply to an original dealer or Thetford Service Centre with proof of purchase.

4. Defects, which in our judgement occurred from misuse, negligence or accident, are not covered by the warranty. In addition, the warranty does not apply if the product is installed or handled improperlyor if other than the prescribed toilet fluids have been used or if the product has been altered in any way or has been repaired by unqualified persons, or if the serial number and/or date has been altered or removed.

5. Should the original buyer wish to return tous parts believed to be defective, the parts should be sent prepaid. If we find the parts defective and covered by warranty, they will be repaired and returned. If warranty does not apply or has expired, a nominal charge will be made. Any transport costs are for the account of the owner.

6. Before returning product or parts they should be properly cleaned, in order to carry out inspection and repair.

7. No other warranty is given and no personal representative is authorised to make any warranty other than that is contained herein.

Page 124: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

125

Fitted Equipment

THETFORD C250 CWE CASSETTE TOILETThe Thetford Cassette Toilet is a high qualityproduct. The toilet forms an integral part ofyour caravan or motorhome bathroom, thanksto its functional design which combinesmodern styling and ease of use. The C-250Cassette Toilet is manufactured from highquality synthetic materials which makes it adurable, user and maintenance friendly toilet.

The toilet is made up of two parts: apermanently fixed part and a Waste HoldingTank that is accessible from the outside. Theremovable Waste Holding Tank is locatedunder the toilet bowl and can be removed viaa door on the outside of the caravan ormotorhome. The Thetford Cassette Toilet is

the solution to the sanitary problem in yourcaravan or motorhome!

These instructions cover the C-250CWE thishas its own flush-water tank.

PARTS

a) Removable Seat and Lid

b) Swivelling Toilet Bowl

c) Blade Handle

d) Flush Button

e) Waste Holding Tank Level Indicator

f) Water Filling Door (only if toilet has ownflush-water tank)

g) Rotating Emptying Spout

h) Automatic Pressure Release Vent

i) Sliding Cover

j) Removable Mechanism

k) Vent Plunger

l) Pull-Out Handle

m) Wheels

n) Blade Opener

o) Access Door to Waste Holding Tank

OPTIONAL FEATURES

p) Electric Blade

q) Automatic Ventilator

r) Waste Pump-Out System

s) Waste Holding Tank Multi-Level Indicator

t) Flush-Water Tank Level Indicator (only iftoilet has its own flush-water tank)

CONTROL PANEL

Page 125: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

126

PREPARING FOR USE (STANDARD)

1. Open the access door on the outside ofyour caravan or motorhome

2. Remove the Waste Holding Tank bypulling the safety catch (which holds thetank in place) upwards.

3. Pull the Waste Holding Tank outward tothe stop. Tip it slightly and take the tankfully out.

4. Place the tank upright and turn therotating emptying spout upwards. Theemptying spout ensures that the tank canbe easily and hygienically emptied.

5. Remove the cap, with the measuring cupinside, from the emptying spout and pourthe correct dosage of Thetford toilet fluid(see product label) into the holding tank.This avoids unpleasant smells and keepsthe inside of the tank clean. Next addapproximately 2 litres of water - enough toensure that the bottom of the WasteHolding Tank is covered. For moreinformation on Thetford toilet fluids, seelast page of the Thetford user manual.Screw the cap back onto the emptyingspout and turn back to its original position.

Note. The Emptying Spout Measuring Capis supplied in the same packaging as theThetford user manual.

WARNING! NEVER ADD TOILET FLUIDDIRECTLY VIA THE BLADE OR THETOILET BOWL AS THIS COULD DAMAGETHE LIP SEAL OF THE WASTE HOLDINGTANK. ALWAYS POUR THE FLUIDS VIATHE EMPTYING SPOUT.

6. Slide the Waste Holding Tank back into itsoriginal position via the access door. Makesure that it is secured with the safetycatch. Close the access door and lock it.Your Thetford toilet is now ready to use.

WARNING! NEVER USE FORCE IF YOUCANNOT GET THE TANK BACK INTOPLACE EASILY. THIS MAY CAUSE SERIOUSDAMAGE. IF BLOCKAGE OCCURS,ALWAYS CHECK IF THE BLADE HANDLE ISIN THE CORRECT (CLOSED) POSITION.

7. For toilets with own Flush-Water Tank:Open the water filling door and fill theflush-water tank with the correct dosageof Aqua Rinse. This Thetford toilet fluidkeeps the flush water fresh and improvesthe flushing. Next, fill up the flush-watertank with clean water (approximately 8litres) using a jerry can or hose. Your toiletis now ready to use.

PREPARING FOR USE WITH OPTIONAL FEATURES

8. Automatic Ventilator: Open the accessdoor on the outside of your caravan andremove the Waste Holding Tank (asdescribed above).

9. Remove the filter housing cover and if nofilter is present, place a new filter into the filterhousing. Peel off the sticker lids on the filter.Place back the cover of the filterhousing.

USING THE TOILET (STANDARD)

10.Turn the bowl to the desired position withthe lid closed and using both hands.

11.To activate the control panel, press theflush-button once. The control paneldisplay will stay activated for approximately5 minutes. Run some water into the bowlby pressing the flush button again briefly.

12.The toilet may be used with the bladeopen or closed. To open the blade, slidethe blade handle under the toilet bowlsideways. After use, open the blade (if stillclosed) and flush the toilet by pressing theflush button for several seconds (ifnecessary re-activate the control panel).Close the blade after use.

Page 126: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

127

IMPORTANT WARNING NOTICE! IF YOURTOILET HAS ITS OWN FLUSH-WATERTANK, PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT YOUDO NOT TRAVEL WITH A FLUSH-WATERTANK THAT IS TOO FULL. DO NOTTRAVEL WITH WATER IN THE TOILETBOWL. FAILURE TO ADHERE TO THISNOTICE MAY RESULT IN WATER DAMAGETO YOUR CARAVAN OR MOTOR HOME.

USING THE TOILET WITH OPTIONAL FEATURES

13.Electric Blade: Push the electric bladebutton on the control display toelectrically open or close the blade. In thecase of failure, you can manually open orclose the blade by sliding the smallhandle under the toilet bowl sideways.

14.Automatic Ventilator: The ventilatorautomatically starts when the controlpanel is activated (by pressing the flushbutton) and will automatically shut offafter approximately 5 minutes. TheAutomatic Ventilator Indicator will flashuntil automatic shut-off occurs. If youwant to stop the ventilator, press theAutomatic Ventilator button. If you want tore-start the ventilator, press the buttonagain (the LED will start flashing again).

15.Flush Water Tank Level Indicator (only fortoilets with own flush-water tank): When

the Flush Water Tank Level Indicator lightsup, refill the flush-water tank, as only about1.5 litres of water is left in the tank, whichis sufficient for approximately 2 flushes.

EMPTYING

The Waste Holding Tank has a capacity of 18litres and requires emptying when the red light(LED) on the toilet control display lights up,when the Waste Holding Tank only has capacityfor approximately 2 more litres, which is nomore than two to three further uses. Make surethat the blade is closed. Open the access doorlocated outside the vehicle, pull the safety catchupwards and remove the Waste Holding Tank.

16.Place the Waste Holding Tank in anupright position (Pull-Out Handle at thetop, Wheels at the bottom). Slide thehandle sideways - to the front of the tank- until it snaps out of its locked position.

17.Pull the handle up and wheel the WasteHolding Tank to an authorised wastedisposal point.

18.Push the handle back into its lockedposition. Turn the emptying spoutupwards and remove the cap from thespout. Hold the Waste Holding Tank insuch a way that during emptying you canoperate the vent plunger with your thumb.To empty the tank without splashing,depress the vent plunger while emptyingthe tank. After emptying, rinse the tankand blade thoroughly with water.

WARNING! DO NOT SERIOUSLY SHAKETHE TANK OR USE HIGH PRESSUREWATER CLEANERS. THIS MAY CAUSEDAMAGE TO THE TANK’S INTERIOR.

Note. The vent plunger should only bedepressed once the emptying spout ispointing downwards. Prepare the toilet forre-use if required. Slide the Waste HoldingTank into the toilet and close the accessdoor.

EMPTYING WITH OPTIONAL FEATURES

19.Waste Holding Tank Multi-Level Indicator:The lower lamp indicates that the WasteHolding Tank is almost empty; the middlelamp indicates that it is more than half full;when the upper lamp lights up, the tankneeds emptying as it can only take 2 - 3further uses.

Note. The Waste Holding Tank Level Indicatorwill flash when the holding tank is not present.In this case the toilet will not flush.

20.Waste Pump-Out System: Whenactivating the control panel this featureautomatically lights up. When the WasteHolding Tank Level Indicator illuminates,press the Waste Pump-Out button to

Page 127: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

128

pump out the waste from the holding tankInto the vehicle’s waste tank. The buttonwill flash while the waste is being pumpedand will stop automatically (afterapproximately 5 minutes) when all wastehas been transferred.

If the vehicle’s waste tank is full, the WastePump-Out light will flash rapidly and nopump-out will be possible until the centraltank is emptied. (Check the level of thevehicle’s waste tank on the vehicle’s centralconsole). After the Waste Holding Tank hasbeen emptied, there will be approximately1.5 litres of waste left in the tank. This isnormal. Add 2 litres of water and a correctdosage of Thetford toilet fluids to the WasteHolding Tank.

IMPORTANT! IT IS VITAL THAT THECORRECT AMOUNT OF TOILET FLUID ISADDED TO ENSURE THE PROPERBREAKDOWN OF THE WASTE IN THEHOLDING TANK. ONLY USE THE SYSTEMWHEN THE TANK IS FULL. USING THESYSTEM TOO OFTEN ON AN EMPTYTANK CAN CAUSE DAMAGE TO THEPUMP, WHICH COULD CAUSE THESYSTEM TO FAIL.

CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE

The toilet should be cleaned and maintained

regularly, depending on the amount of use.To clean Thetford toilets, we advise usingwater and Thetford Bathroom Cleaner.

Note. Never use bleach, vinegar or otherpowerful household cleaners that containthese substances. These may causepermanent damage to the seals and othertoilet components.

Toilet Bowl

• Squirt Thetford Bathroom Cleaner into thetoilet bowl.

• Flush the toilet bowl with water and wipedown the rest of the toilet with a damp cloth.

• Clean seat and lid The seat and lid caneasily be removed: Lift the seat and lidassembly and pull the round pins (inside theassembly) outwards from the pin holes.After cleaning, replace the seat and lid bypositioning the round pins in front of the pinholes and push the lid and seat downwards.

• To keep your flush water fresh and to preventdeposits from forming in your toilet bowl,add a correct dosage of Aqua Rinse in yourflush water tank, if present, on your toilet.

Tip! For a really shining toilet, dry with a softdry cloth after cleaning.

Waste Holding Tank

To keep your Waste Holding Tank fresh andclean, Thetford has developed a number ofdifferent toilet fluids. Thetford toilet fluids

suppress smells, reduce formation of gas,promote breakdown of toilet waste andincrease the life span of a mobile toilet. Seepage 46 of the Thetford user manual formore information (=matrix). We advise athorough cleaning of the Waste Holding Tankonce each season. Next to using Thetford’sCassette Tank Cleaner, the powerful cleaningagent for the periodical cleaning of the WasteHolding Tank of your toilet, we suggest thefollowing:

• Remove the removable mechanism fromthe Waste Holding Tank by turning it anti-clockwise and rinse it under a tap.

• Remove the cover plate from the AutomaticPressure Release Vent by prising it upusing a small screwdriver. Use one hand topush the Automatic Pressure Release Ventopen while holding the float of theAutomatic Pressure Release Vent on theinside of the tank with the other hand. Pushthe float upwards, turn it 180 degrees andremove it from below. Remove the rubberseal underneath the float. Rinse the floatand rubber seal under a tap. Replace thePressure Release Vent using the samemethod in reverse.

The rubber seals in the toilet (the lip seal, themechanism seal, the automatic pressurerelease vent seal and the cap seal) should beregularly cleaned with water and treated withThetford High Grade Seal Lubricant. This willensure that the seals remain flexible and in

Page 128: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

129

good condition. If the toilet is not to be usedfor any length of time, it is important to treatthe seals with Thetford High Grade SealLubricant after cleaning.

Note. Never use Vaseline or any vegetableoil except olive oil. These may causeleakage or malfunction. The lip seal is apart of the toilet that is subject to wear.Depending upon the extent and manner ofuse, the seals will become less effectiveand will need replacing periodically.

CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE FOROPTIONAL FEATURES

• Automatic Ventilation: The filter of theAutomatic Ventilation needs to be renewedperiodically. After approximately 4 full weeksof use, the filter loses its absorption power.

• Pump-Out Waste System: To ensureoptimal functionality of the Pump-OutWaste System, periodical maintenance ofthe tube and pump is recommended. Afteremptying the Waste Holding Tankcompletely, fill it with clean water andempty it again. This will clean the pumpand the hose. Do this once every 3 weekswhen on holiday. This should ensure properoperation of the system.

WINTER OPERATION

You can use your Thetford Cassette Toilet asnormal in cold weather as long as the toilet issituated in a heated location. If there is a riskof freezing we advise that the toilet is drainedby following the instructions under ‘Storage’.For environmental reasons the use ofantifreeze, such as that used in car radiators,is not recommended.

STORAGE

It is important that you follow the instructionsbelow if you do not expect to use yourThetford toilet for a long (winter) period.

• Activate the Control Panel by pressing theflush button. Open the blade and press theflush button until water stops flowing intothe bowl. Close the blade. Open the accessdoor on the outside of your caravan orcamper and empty the Waste Holding Tankat an authorised waste dump. Follow theinstructions for cleaning and maintenance.To allow the Waste Holding Tank to dry, donot place the cap back on the emptyingspout of the tank.

21.If the toilet has its own flush-water tank,place a sufficiently large bowl under thedrain tube to catch the remaining waterfrom the flush-water tank and remove thedrain plug. When no more water exits, putthe drain plug on the drain tube, put itback in its original position and close theaccess door. If the toilet is connected to

the vehicle’s water tank, please followyour vehicle’s instructions for draining thecentral water system. If your toilet isoptionally featured with a Waste Pump-Out System, take out the Waste HoldingTank and completely clean it (seeCleaning and Maintenance). Aftercleaning, fill it with water, put it back andempty it via the waste pump-out system.Repeat this twice.

Thetford warranty refer to the Thetford user handbook.

Page 129: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

130

WARNING: Care should be taken whenusing the external barbeque point. Never barbeque next to an awning ortent.

WARNING: The caravan barbeque pointshould only be used as an outlet pointfor gas, never connect a gas bottle direct to the outlet.

CARAVANS WITH EXTERNALBARBEQUE POINTModels equipped with an external barbequepoint can be used to power any gasappliance suitable for the gas used in thecaravan, at the working pressure shown onthe label in the barbeque outlet box. Pleasenote when using the outlet that the fittedregulator will allow a maximum of 1.5kg perhour of gas to be taken from the gas bottle.Therefore the consumption of gas from boththe appliances within the caravan and theappliance connected to the barbeque pointcannot exceed a total of 1.5kg per hour atany one time. If you are in any doubt pleaseconsult your dealer for advice. To use pointproceed as follows:

1. Fit male nozzle from despatch kit to yourbarbeque or appliance ensuring a gastight joint. The work should be carried outby a competent person; if in any doubtconsult your dealer.

2. Open box lid by pulling tab on bottomedge and lifting. Remove red cover cap.

3. Insert male nozzle on appliance intofemale coupling, push firmly until click isfelt.

4. Open gas locker on caravan, ensure gasbottle tap is open and supply isconnected to regulator. Turn isolation tapbehind barbeque point to open (so thatthe tap handle is in line with the flowdirection of the gas.

5. Returning to barbeque point, turn redknob until it is in line with the flowdirection of the gas.

6. Light and operate appliance to itsinstructions.

7. When operation of external gas appliancehas finished, turn red knob in barbequebox so that it is at right angles to the flowof gas to isolate the appliance.

8. Release the appliance hose and nozzle bypushing back the collar of the coupling.

9. Replace red cover and close lid of barbeque point.

Please note that you cannot open the gassupply until the nozzle has been inserted.

In the interest of safety all external hoselengths should be kept to a minimum andattachments secured correctly.

Page 130: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

131

CARAVANS WITH TV INLET INBATTERY BOXModels equipped with TV points in thebattery box have the facility to take anexternal signal and supply that signal to TVpoints within the caravan. Depending uponmodel there are two ways of achieving this:

CARAVANS WITH SCREW ON / F-TYPECONNECTION IN BATTERY BOX

Caravans equipped in this way feature adirect link from the connection point in thebattery box, to an auxiliary connection pointat the primary TV position within the caravan.The primary TV position is that which alsofeatures an AV outlet plate (see later text).

The direct link can be used to:

1) Supply an external signal (caravan site TVfeed) to the primary TV position

- Connect the socket in the battery box, witha suitable lead, to the appropriate socketon the caravan site supply post. As theconnector in the battery box is a screw on‘F-type’ connector, an adaptor to convertthis to a ‘push-on’ co-ax connector, whichmay be required, has been supplied withyour caravan.

- Locate the primary TV position within thecaravan. At the 12V, TV and SAT socket,connect your TV to the output from thesocket marked SAT with a suitable lead.

2) Connect an external satellite dish to adecoder within the caravan. (The directlink uses F-type interconnects throughoutto allow the decoder and dish tocommunicate correctly)

- Connect the dish to the socket in thebattery box with a suitable lead. The F-typeto co-ax adaptor should not be used.

- Connect the dish input connection on thedecoder to the ‘SAT’ socket on the 12V,TV and SAT socket located in the primaryTV location.

3) Supply a signal from within the caravan tothe exterior of the caravan

- Connect the output from your VCR or otherdevice to the SAT connection on the 12V,TV and SAT socket at the primary TVposition.

- Connect your receiving device (TV orsimilar) to the socket in the battery box witha suitable lead.

As can be seen from the simplifiedschematic, when multiple TV locations arepresent in a van, all of these receive signalsfrom the TV aerial connection box. Usingadaptors and link cables which are readilyavailable, it may be possible to re-direct asignal from the ‘SAT’ connection at theprimary TV location, up to the aerialconnection box to be then distributed toother TV positions within the caravan. Pleaseremember that as the number of connectionsincreases the quality of the signal reduces.

12v

120w

TV

120w

12v

TV

SAT

STATUS

INOUT OUT

PRIMARY TV LOCATIONSECONDARY TV LOCATION

F-TYPE SOCKET IN BATTERY BOX

F-TYPE INTERCONNECT

Page 131: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

132

SUPPLIER FITTED / SUPPLIEDENTERTAINMENT EQUIPMENTAudio-visual equipment may have been fittedby your dealer, or supplied with the caravan,depending on the specification of thecaravan. Although not specific, below aredetails of the types of equipment whichwould be fitted as appropriate to thespecification of the caravan:

CD/MP3/TUNER WITH AUXILIARY INPUT

Where provision has been made in thefurniture to install a head unit similar inappearance to that fitted in the dashboard ofa car. The unit operates as a CD player andFM/AM radio. In addition MP3 files stored ona CD can be read and played by the unit. Anauxiliary input on the front of the unit allows aseparate MP3 player to be connected fromthat player’s headphone socket. (A separatelead may be required).

Speakers mounted in the front locker of thecaravan are connected to this head unit for astereo sound output. A retractable AM/FMaerial on the side of the caravan, orconcealed in furniture with the head unit,enables reception of radio stations.

LCD TV/DVD/CD/MP3/DVB UNIT

When a combination 15” LCD TV is suppliedwith the caravan, the features within the TVreplace those otherwise catered for by anautomotive head unit. As a result locker

mounted speakers, and a dedicated positionfor a head unit, are not fitted. An AM/FMaerial is also omitted as DVB radio channelscan be obtained on the TV unit via the roofmounted TV aerial.

DVB radio channels include many nationalradio stations, but may not include localradio stations normally received on AM orFM wavebands.

Please see the instructions supplied with theTV for details of scanning for DVB TV andradio stations – The number of channelsavailable will vary according to area,depending on the signal strength available atthe location.

Page 132: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

133

Fitted Equipment

STATUS 530 DIRECTIONAL TVAND FM RADIO ANTENNA (model dependant )

Firstly determine the approximate location ofthe nearest transmitter and whether thesignals are horizontally or vertically polarized.For assistance ask your site operator orcheck antennas in the vicinity

1. Loosen the Mast Locking Collar and WallBracket and raise the antenna. Turn themast to direct the Antenna towards the TVtransmitter.

The RED spot on the bottom of the mastindicates the front of the Antenna.

2. When receiving vertically polarizedsignals, rotate the winder anti-clockwiseto cant the antenna through 90°.DO NOT over tighten or use undue forceon the winder.

DO NOT cant for vertically polarizedsignals with the TELESCOPICSEXTENDED

3. Switch ON the Power Pack and the REDLED will illuminate.

4. Check the gain control switch is set tonormal – NML.

5. Tune your television to the strongestsignal. You may need to adjust thedirection of the mast to achieve the bestquality picture.

6. Secure by tightening the Mast LockingCollar and Wall Bracket

REMOVING THE ANTENNA

A permanently fitted Status can be easilyremoved leaving only the Mounting Foot andrubber gaiter.

1. Unplug the antenna from the Power Pack.

2. Loosen the Mast Locking Collar and WallBracket and lift off whilst feeding out thecable.

3. Push the Blanking Cap supplied intoplace.

IMPORTANT – The Blanking Cap is atemporary seal and is not for long term use.

WING OMNI-DIRECTIONALTV ANTENNA (model dependant )

This is a plug and play antenna, only suitablefor use with televisions. The pinnacle on theroof cannot be removed.

Page 133: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

134

Fig. C

Fig. A

Fig. B

BEDDINGSleeping bags and continental quilts can becompressed into small spaces and can beready to use in minutes.

LOWER SINGLE BEDS ASSEMBLY(Figs. A & B)

1. Unroll bed slat bundle and place between the recess in both seats.

2. Arrange seat cushions as appropriate.

DOUBLE BED ASSEMBLY(Fig. C)

1. Grip front of slatted bed and walk backwards until bed is fully extended.

2. Arrange seat cushions as appropriate.

Page 134: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

135

Fitted Equipment

PULLMAN BUNKS

1. Release catches, one at a time.

2. Release press studs on the bed board.

3. Grasp the bunk as shown and pull carefully in direction of arrows.

4. The bunk is designed to automatically move into the correct position.

5. Where a bed board is fitted, unfold and make sure it is secured by press studs when lifted into position. (The bed board is required to protect both the occupant and the window from damage during use of the bunk.)

6. Locate safety boards.

7. Arrange seat cushions as appropriate.

BUNKS ARE DESIGNED TO CARRY ACHILD TO A MAXIMUM OF 70KG (11 STONE)

WARNING: Use upper bunks for sleepingonly, with the provided protectionagainst fall out in position

WARNING: Care shall be taken againstthe risk of fall out when the upper bunksare in used by children especially under6 years of age, these bunks are notsuitable for use by infants withoutsupervision.

Page 135: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

136

KOMFORTROLLO BLINDS (SEITZ)

Blinds and FlyscreensFlyscreen and blinds operate in the samemanner. The flyscreen can only be ‘fully up’or ‘fully’ down, but the blind also has anintermediate position.

To operate, pull down by holding thefingergrip(s), gently ease towards the windowto locate the catches. To retract, pull downeasing away from the window to release thecatches and guide to the required position.

• ONLY OPERATE BY HOLDING THE FINGERGRIP(S) - pulling on one side will cause uneven running and snagging.

• DO NOT ALLOW THE BLIND OR FLYSCREEN TO RE-COIL WITHOUT CONTROL.

• It is not recommended that blinds and/orflyscreens are left in the down position forlong periods or when travelling, as thiscan result in fatigue of the spring.

• Clean the cassette, side track and fabrics with mild detergent and water.

• Lubrication of mechanism or spring is not required or recommended. However, if components should require cleaning, use only WD40 or similar with fluff-free cloth. Other lubricants may result in damage to fabrics and plastics.

Tension AdjustmentRemove plastic cover (if fitted) to locatetension lugs. The tension lugs have a slot andare located in the cassette on a ‘bayonet’principle. Insert screwdriver into slot (ensure agood fit), turn lug clockwise to allow thespring tension to push the lugs just free of thecassette. Keep fingers away from screwdrivertip to avoid accidental injury. Spring can nowhave more or less tension applied as required.

If in doubt of tension to be applied, releaseall tension and re-start. In which case, withblind fully wound on the roller, apply 12revolutions of lug (factory setting).

Refitting is a reversal of removal procedure.

For more detailed information, seemanufacturer’s instructions.

Cassette Blind and FlyscreenAlways hold the end rod in the middle. Whenclosing blinds, slide the end rod of the flyscreenblind on to the end rod of the sun blind andengage. To open the blind push the end rodstowards the darkening blind to the edge anddisengage the end rods. Now move the end rodof the flyscreen back by hand - do not let it recoil.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FORSOFTROLLO BLINDSClosing: Grab the end bar in the middle andpush the blind and flynet together or singly(blind - lower end bar) downwards until therequired position is reached.

Opening: Push the end bar of the flynet and/ or of the blind upwards.

Care instructions: Clean the blind only with adamp sponge. Use only water or with mild suds.

In order to avoid material fatigue, do notleave the flynet closed for a long time.

Page 136: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

137

Fitted Equipment

DOORSCREENWhen drawing or releasing the doorscreen,care should be taken not to let it spring backfreely, this may result in damage to thescreen or its fittings.

Always pull the doorscreen close to thecentre. It is not advisable to pull close to thetop or bottom as this will cause snaggingand uneven running.

CautionWhen opening or releasing thedoorscreen, care must be taken to avoidtrapping fingers.

Do not allow the doorscreen to slam open.

The door flynet operates independently of thedoor by sliding across the door threshold.

ROOF LIGHTSWhen opening the roof lights, care must betaken to release the locking mechanism asthe unit is raised.

Roof lights must be fully closed when towing.

Roof lights provide 12,500mm2 of fixedventilation each.

WINDOWSTo open press the knobs in the middle of thecatches and turn through 90°. Swivel thepane open as required.

To close the window, open the window as faras possible and slowly close again, turn thecatches through 90° to close.

All opening windows have two catchpositions. The first position is for ventilationthe second seals the window from ventilationand rain.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FORSEITZ C5-WINDOWSIn order for the top-hung windows to beopened, all catches have to be open. To doso press the button in the middle of thecatch (1) and turn the handle 90° while stillpressing the button (2). Leave the catchesopen, otherwise the seal might get damagedwhen the window is closed and the catcheswould have to be opened again.

Push the pane outwards until the stays lockin position, with an audible click, with thepane at the required angle (1). Make surethat both stays are locked in place.

Page 137: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

138

In order to close the window, push the paneto the maximum opening angle and let itdescend slowly (2). Pull the window all theway down until it rests on the rubber sealand simultaneously turn the catches 90°.

It is possible to leave the window open in aventilating position by fixing the lower edgeof the pane with the catches to the groove inthe plastic piece on the inner frame. Turn thecatches 90°, push the pane ca.10 mmoutwards and lock the catch in the groove.

Care instructions

Wash the pane only with mild suds and plentyof water, or with the Seitz Acrylic Cleaner. Usetalcum powder for the rubber seals.

HEKI-2 ROOF LIGHT (SEITZ)The lift/tilt roof light can be set in 3 positionsby means of pneumatic springs.

Position 1 lifts the pane 12mm withoutallowing rain to enter the caravan.

Position 2 sets the pane to a 150mmopening and locks with a bar.

Position 3 opens the pane through 55°.

A fully adjustable flyscreen and black-outscreen are built into the inner frame. Theflyscreen can be drawn independently andthe black-out screen is variable for partial orfull black-out.

Forced ventilation functions via a brush lined

duct instead of a ventilated pane.

A cover hood can be fitted for winter protection.

Heki-2 roof lights provide 13,200mm2 offixed ventilation

MINI HEKI ROOFLIGHTTo open depress button and push barupwards. The rooflight has two openventilation positions and a fully open position.

The blind and flynet operate independentlyof each other and are engaged byconnecting to each other and sliding.

Page 138: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

139

Fitted Equipment

MIDI-HEKI ROOF LIGHT WITHOPERATING BAROpening the dome

Intermediate position of the dome

By pushing the bar into the marked restposition,two extra opening angles, apartfrom the one in which the dome is fullyopened, can be chosen.

Closing the dome(Drive and rest position)

Push the bar with both hands on the rightand left side in such a way that the hook bolt(1) locks the dome on the left and the rightside and the bar lies on the push button (2).

Check if the dome is locked.

Opening/closing the blind and fly net

Pull the end rod from the recessed part andpush it in a position you desire.

(Both systems are adjustable in any position andcan be used independently from each other.)

Page 139: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

140

Safety precautions

• Repairs should be carried out by trainedpersonnel only.

• Inform a dealer in case of defects and malfunctions.

• Before starting off, check the roof light fordamage in the dome (tension cracks) andthe opening mechanism which could ariseowing to, for example, branches and othernatural causes.

• Do not step on the dome.

• Do not leave the vehicle without closingthe roof light (danger of burglary, waterpenetration and wind).

• Do not open in strong wind, rain or snowfall.

• Before opening, remove snow, ice, dirt etc.from the dome.

• Malfunctions are to be repaired by anapproved dealer at once.

• Do not use caustic detergents ( danger oftension cracks in the dome).

• Before setting off close the dome andcheck the locking mechanism.

• Avoid high speed (maximum speedrecommended is 130km/h).

• Do not close the blind more than 2/3during the day (danger of heataccumulation)

• Before starting off open the blind

• The function of the ventilation (optional) isonly ensured if the gap between vehicleroof and dome is free of snow and dirt.

• The protection foil on the dome is notweatherproof and has to be removed afterinstallation.

Care instructions

• Clean the dome with Seitz acrylic cleaner.

• Opaque spots and light scratches on thedome can be removed with the SeitzAcrylic Polish and the Seitz SpecialPolishing Cloth.

• Use talcum powder regularly (4 timesyearly) to care for the rubber seals.

• Clean the blinds only with water and mildsoaps suds or a vacuum cleaner.

The guarantee becomes null and void ifthe care and safety instructions are notfollowed.

MAINTENANCE

Care

Never use aggressive or corrosive cleaners

The acrylic cover and the frame is to becleaned only with damp cloth and with mildcleaner that does not contain solvents orabrasives.

Take care that water does not get into themotor and into its electrical wiring.The ventilation grids of the inner frame canbe removed for cleaning purposes.

All rubber seals should be dusted withtalcum powder at least once per year.

The fly net and pleated sunscreen may becleaned by using a soft brush or a damp cloth.

Tensioning SEITZ cassette blinds

The spring in the SEITZ side and rearwindow fly screens are pre-tensioned.However, it may be necessary in the futureto adjust the tension. The tensioning screw

Page 140: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

141

Fitted Equipmentis positioned on the right hand top corner ofthe cassette. Firstly remove the plug thenadjust by rotating the screw clockwise.Then replace plug.

Front end SEITZ window blinds/fly screensare also pre-tensioned, it may also benecessary in the future to adjust the tensionof these. remove the left hand top cornercap. Adjust the lower screw for the blind and

the higher screw for the fly screen.Care should be taken not to over tightenthe springs.

The blinds should rewind without stopping ormoving in a sluggish manner.

Cleaning

Clean the cassette, side tracks and fabricswith warm water and a mild detergent. Avoidthe use of cleaners with solvents or abrasives.

Documents

User Guide and crank should be storedwithin the vehicle.

Spares

Spare parts can be bought from your dealer.

THE OMNIVENT (12V) ROOFLIGHT

The Omnivent is a double glazed rooflightconstructed from a synthetic ultra-violetscreened material. Its side operatingmechanism allows a completely free centralopening with built-in fixed ventilation whenclosed.

Red Switch = Mode of OperationInduction (IN)Expel (OUT)

Black Switch = Speed Control1, 2 and 3

Omnivents give no fixed ventilation when seton induction.

INOFFOUT

Page 141: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

142

B2200 AIR CONDITIONER1. HOW TO USE THE AIR CONDITIONER

The air conditioner performance can beimproved by taking some simple measures

• Improve the thermal insulation of thevehicle by closing any opening and bycovering any glassed surfaces withreflecting curtains.

• Avoid opening doors and windowsunnecessarily.

• Select the most suitable temperature and speed.

• Properly direct the air flaps

To prevent troubles and minimise risks forpeople, take the following precautions:

• Always wait some minutes (at least 3)before attempting to turn the air conditioneron, after turning it off, to prevent damage tothe compressor.

• Do not obstruct the air inlets and outletswith cloths, paper or other objects.

• Do not introduce your hands or otherobjects into the openings.

• Do not spray the air conditioner with water.

• Keep flammable substances away from theair conditioner.

Adjusting the air direction

Position the air diffusing flaps to direct the airto the desired position. In order to balancethe airflow it's necessary to rotate the centreknob anti-clockwise, to choose the wishedposition and then rotate clockwise.

Page 142: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

143

Fitted Equipment2. DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTROLS

Selection of the operating mode

When turned on, the system always waits 2minutes before starting the compressor andsets to AUTOMATIC MODE. To select one ofthe manual modes, proceed as follows:

• Press the "MODE & SET" key to scrollthrough the possible settings (manual freshair, manual warm air, ventilation, automatic),select the required mode while holding thekey pressed down for two seconds until theselected mode is confirmed by the system.

Page 143: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

144

3. DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTROLS

Alarm Visualisations

• When the display shows the ON symbol and the timer symbol flashes, the system is waiting 2 minutes from the last compressor stop elapse.

Page 144: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

145

Fitted Equipment4. TECHNICAL DATA

Page 145: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

146

5. TROUBLES, CAUSES, SOLUTIONS

6. EXTRAORDINARY MAINTENANCE

For the best performance of your airconditioner, have you dealer/workshop cleanit thoroughly before use:

1. Thermal exchange batteries

2. Water outlet holes are properly cleaned

7. RECYCLING

Regarding disposal and recycling, follow thenational or local regulations. To this end,address to the authorised environment bodies.

Page 146: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

147

Fitted Equipment

Fig. A

TABLESSlide top of drawers out and fold back toform convenient table. (Fig. A)

The pedestal table can be swung round foreasy access to the seating and then re-positioned afterwards. (Fig. B)

Tables stored in the table storagecompartment must be securely clipped intoplace whilst in transit.

CAUTION: When erecting the freestanding table, be careful to avoidtrapping fingers.

Fig. B

CARE OF LAMINATE TOPS,TABLES, FURNITUREAND DOORSDO NOT use abrasives, chemically treatedcloths or aggressive detergents as these maycause damage

DO NOT place hot objects on laminatedsurfaces i.e. tops, tables. Any temperatures70°C and over will cause permanent damage.

Clean worktop surfaces, furniture and doorfascias with a soft, slightly damp cloth, dryoff with a soft cloth.

ASH FRAMED DOORSIn order to provide customers with the latestdesigns of door furniture it is possible, due tothe use of natural wood, that warping mayoccur. This should not detract from thecorrect functioning of items fitted in thecaravan.

Information

During the normal travelling vehicle vibrationand flexing may cause some of the furnituredoors to become out of alignment.

For your convenience many hingesare adjustable.

Page 147: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fitted Equipment

148

12V READING LAMPWARNING 12v reading/ spotlampsgenerate high temperatures when in use,the body, lens/ bulb may become very hot.NEVER make directional adjustment in thedirection of flammable materials i.e.curtains, nets or blinds.

FIXING OF AWNINGSIn order to avoid puncturing the outer skin ofthe caravan wall, it is recommended thatawning poles are fixed to your caravan usingload spreading eyelet pads or rubber suckerpads.

Attaching awning brackets and associatedfixings to your caravan by using mechanicalmethods which pierce the outer skin of thecaravan wall can allow water ingress whichwill invalidate the product warranty.

Important:Care must be taken when using an awningas poles and suckers can cause damage toexterior side panels.

Awnings should be taken down in strongwinds to protect the side panels fromcosmetic damage and dents from the awningpoles.

Note:Awnings should be kept ventilated whendischarging products of combustion exhaustinto them.

Awning SizesDue to the various awning types and sizesthe awning sizes provided in the Service andWarranty Handbook are for guidance only.

Specific awning sizes must be confirmedwith the dealer or awning manufacturer priorto purchase.

NOT TO SCALE

SHOWERWhen using the shower, always ensure thatthe shower screen is fully closed thusavoiding water spray on unprotected areas.

Table Storage

To avoid damage care must be taken whenremoving tables from their stored position.

Where two tables are stored together in a lowlevel storage area care should be taken toremove the table positioned opposite thehinged edge first.

Page 148: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MAINTENANCE

Modifications ........................................................................ 150Caravan Exterior .................................................................. 150Caravan Interior .................................................................... 152Winterisation/Storage .......................................................... 153Alko Running Gear ............................................................... 154

Care and Maintenance ....................................................... 155Axle Types ........................................................................... 157Spare Parts ........................................................................ 158Braking System Adjustments.............................................. 159AK160, AK300 and AK350 Operation................................. 162AKS 3004 Operation ............................................................164Trouble Shooting ................................................................. 174

Accessories .......................................................................... 176Corner Steadies ................................................................. 176Shock Absorbers ................................................................ 176Stabilisers............................................................................ 176Road Wheels ....................................................................... 176Jockey Wheel ..................................................................... 178Spare Wheel Carriers .......................................................... 178

Page 149: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

MODIFICATIONS - DIY WORKOwners need to be aware that carrying outDIY modifications to your caravan may incertain instances, invalidate the warrantycover and could also affect the safety andstructure of the caravan.

WD40 IS NOT RECOMMENDED FOR EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL USE

WD40 attacks paintwork and sealants.

If a lubricant is required for Interior hinges,Sliding door tracks, Bottle box hinges,Exterior door hinges, Plastic tracking etc.We recommend “Ambersil 40+” this isreadily available from most DIY/Automotive retailers including Hanford’s

Before carrying out any DIY work within thewarranty period (3/5) years please check withyour nearest Swift Group dealer or contactSupercare customer services on 01482875740 for advice.

CARAVAN EXTERIORAluminium PanelsThe stove enamelled paintwork is verydurable and easy to clean owing to the highgloss properties.

Plastic Panels (GRP/ABS)These are used for front and rear panels and,in some cases for the roof.

CleaningFor both aluminium panels and plastic panels.

1. Wash the caravan regularly with mild detergent. Rinse with cold water and leather off.

2. For better protection a similar coloured good quality car wax may be applied.

For sealed areas a mild soap is the bestway to clean without affecting the sealant.

Acid or alkaline based cleaners or solventsshould not be used.

WARNING: Under no circumstances use any abrasive cleaning agents or solventson the exterior panels.

Care should be taken as the silicon insome polishes can attack the rubber usedon the exterior for seals and gaskets.

MouldingsAll mouldings are of anodised aluminium andwill retain their lustre for a long period if noabrasive materials are used to clean them.

Acrylic WindowsWash windows carefully, as you would withthe paintwork of your car, do not scrubwindows prior to removing surface dirt andfilm with a hose pipe - trapped dirt couldcause scratching.

Wash with a solution of warm soapy water,windows can then be dried off with a leather.

Small scratches can be removed, consultyour dealer.

Catches and stays do not require any specialattention or lubrication.

CONDENSATION

What is condensation

Condensation is the change of water from itsgaseous form (water vapour) into liquidwater. Condensation generally occurs in theatmosphere when warm air rises, cools andlooses its capacity to hold water vapour. Asa result, excess water vapour condenses toform droplets.

Why condensation occurs

Condensation occurs when warm moist airmeets a cold surface. The risk ofcondensation therefore depends upon howmoist the air is and how cold the surfaces ofthe vehicle are. Both of these depend tosome extent on how the vehicle is used. In aCaravan or Motorhome with a cold outsidewall, if the temperature of the wall falls belowthe dew point temperature, it is quite normalfor condensation to occur predominantly onthe external walls.

150

Page 150: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

151

When condensation occurs

Condensation occurs usually in winter,because the Caravan or Motorhome is coldand because skylights, windows and doorsare opened less and therefore the moist aircannot escape.

How condensation occurs

Condensation occurs often for short periodsin bathroom and kitchen areas because ofthe steamy atmosphere, and quite frequentlyfor long periods in unheated areas; it alsooccurs in cupboards or corners of roomswhere ventilation and movement of air isrestricted.

What is important

Two things are particularly important:

- To provide ventilation so that moist air canescape.

- To use the heating reasonably

How can you prevent condensation

Provide ventilation so that moist air canescape.

a) Good ventilation of kitchens whenwashing, cooking or drying damp clothesis essential. Use the electric element ofthe space heater will help, when washing,cooking, or drying damp clothes, andparticularly when the windows show signsof misting up.

b) If there is no mains electric supply andtherefore you cannot use the electrical

element of the space heater, open theskylights or windows slightly, but keep thedoor closed as much as possible.

c) After showering, keep the bathroomwindow or skylights open, and shut thebathroom door long enough to dry off theroom.

d) In all other areas provide some ventilation.Fixed ventilation is provided inaccordance with BS EN 721: 1998 this isthrough skylights and ‘heki roof lights’ inthe roofs and from ventilators through thefloor under cookers, doors and in bedboxes it is important not to block these.

Too much ventilation in cold weather isuncomfortable and wastes heat. All that isneeded is a very slightly opened window orskylights. Opening a skylight or ‘heki;rooflights partially or windows opened toabout 1cm opening will usually be sufficient.

Provide reasonable heating

a) Do not use of portable paraffin or fluelessgas heaters at all.

b) If drying damp clothes or towels, open awindow enough to ventilate the area andturn on the electric element of the spaceheater but do not hang items over theheater.

c) Try to make sure that all areas are at leastpartially heated. Condensation most oftenoccurs in unheated areas.

d) To prevent condensation, the heat has tokeep room surfaces reasonably warm. It

can take a long time for a cold caravan orMotorhome to warm up, so it is better tohave a small amount of heat for a longperiod than a lot of heat for a short time.

e) Caravans and Motorhomes are leftunoccupied and unheated and can getvery cold. Whenever possible, it is best toput the heating on at a low level beforesetting off on a journey in the winter to preheat the vehicle.

f) In houses, the rooms above a heated roombenefit to some extent from heat risingthrough the floor. In Caravans andMotorhomes this does not happen.

Caravans and Motorhomes use only carefullyselected insulation materials but unlike mostrooms at homes they have all outside walls,so they lose heat through all walls as well asthe roof and floor.

Even in a well insulated Caravan orMotorhome with reasonable ventilation it islikely during cold weather if the temperatureis less than 10°C that condensation willoccur. Ideally the temperature should bekept about 20°C although this is not alwayspossible.

Mould growth

Any sign of mould growth is an indication ofthe presence of moisture and if caused bycondensation gives warning that heating orventilation, may require improving.

Page 151: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceNew vehicles

New Caravans and Motorhomes often take along time before they are fully ‘dried out’because of moisture in the materials used inthe manufacture. While this is happening theyneed extra heat and ventilation. At leastduring the first winter trips and may requiremore heat than they will need in subsequentwinters journeys. Allowance should be madefor this.

WARNING: Do not wash your caravan with a high pressure washer as these can permanently damage the seals of your caravan.

Changing Exterior Bulbs

ALWAYS REPLACE LIKE FOR LIKE

For individual replacement bulb specification,refer to your Service Handbook.

Generally road lighting bulbs can be easilyreplaced by unscrewing and removing thelens from the exterior of the caravan,however once the high level brake lamp isremoved from its housing there are furtherscrews to undo at the back of the lamp togain access to the bulb housing.

CARAVAN INTERIORFollow these guidelines to ensure yourinvestment is receiving the very bestattention.

Side Walls, Roof LiningA simple wipe over with a damp cloth and avery mild detergent is all that is needed.

Soft FurnishingsShould be vacuumed occasionally to removegrit and sand and help to keep its smartappearance and ensure long life. Theupholstery can be cleaned with a mild,reputable upholstery cleaner. It isrecommended that the curtains and pelmetsare specialist cleaned only. The foam used incushions is manufactured to meet fireregulations. It requires time to return to itsnormal position after prolonged use.

Work SurfacesYou should not stand very hot items on anyof the work surfaces, especially models withpolycarbonate moulded sinks and drainers.

Cupboard CatchesIt is advisable to lightly oil all cupboardcatches, sliding bolts and hinges from timeto time.

Kitchen EquipmentAll the thermoplastic parts in these areashave easy clean surfaces. To ensure long lifeand to prevent damage you must not useany cleaning materials at all and ensurewater temperatures do not exceed 70ºC(putting cold water in first is suggested).After every use it is essential that you rinsewith clean water only and wipe with a softdamp cloth. Failure to follow these simple

instructions may result in premature failure orcracking which will not be covered by anyguarantees (including extended warranties).

Bathroom/ShowerThese products should be cleanedimmediately after use. Apply a warm, mildsoapy water solution with a soft cloth andrinse with clean water immediately. Abrasivematerials must never be used. For stubbornstains "Thetford Bathroom Cleaner" isrecommended as the use of other cleanersmay harm these products, cause prematurefailure and will invalidate the warranty."Thetford Bathroom Cleaner is available frommost caravan dealer shops.

FurnitureA simple wipe over with a damp cloth shouldbe all that is required. Polishing with aproprietary brand of wax polish enhancesand maintains furniture in showroomcondition.

It must be remembered that because theframes of the doors are made of ash, which isa natural product, they can be affected bytemperature and humidity and may bow undercertain conditions. As conditions change theyshould revert to their original positions.

Kitchen Drainer and Cutting BoardYou should not stand hot items on to theremoveable plastic kitchen drainer. To washuse only warm soapy water, do not usechemicals and bleach.

152

Page 152: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

153

The round wooden kitchen cutting board canbe lightly brushed with vegetable oil toenhance it.

Changing interior bulbsremove the lens or lampshade to access thebulb.

ALWAYS REPLACE LIKE FOR LIKE

For individual replacement bulb specification,refer to your Service Handbook.

Locker Header Fluorescent Tube Replacement

• Ensure power supply to light is switched off.

• Open locker, light is mounted above.Locate fixing screws (orientated towardsceiling) and remove.

• In the case of a side locker, a smallfurniture component onto which the lightfitting is secured can now be removed.

• In the case of an upper welsh dresser ( orsimilar), a larger component carrying all thelights from above that piece of furnituremay detach.

• Once the appropriate light fitting has beenaccessed, the tube should be twisted alongits length to release the tube and allow it tobe lifted from the fitting.

• Please see the bulb replacement chart fordetails of the type of tube fitted. In addition,different 'colour temperatures' of bulb are

available. For a consistent appearancereplace tubes with those of equivalentcolour temperature: This will be stated onthe fitted tube in the format '4200K' orsimilar.

WINTERISATION/STORAGEThis is probably an opportune moment toarrange for the caravan to have its annualservice at your appointed dealer.

The following applies wherever your caravanis stored particularly during the winter months.

Do not park near trees or larch type fences,due to possible wind damage.

Keep any grass around the floor of thecaravan short, to maintain air flow and stopany possible damp getting into the caravan.

It is advised that the caravan is ventilatedregularly throughout the winterisation/storage period, opening windows, doorsand rooflights when possible.

GeneralAll moving parts should be checked for freeoperation.

Clean all cooking appliances and refrigerator.

Lubrication should be carried out at thepoints illustrated in the general notes onchassis maintenance (page 155).

Charge up the on-board battery every 2months.

Check alarm battery condition every 2

months and charge if necessary.

Leave the refrigerator door open.

Leave furniture doors and lockers open toallow air to circulate fully.

Page 153: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceCondensationCondensation will occur when humidity levelsrise. Correct heating and ventilation will helpreduce this. When cooking or in wet inclementweather increased ventilation throughwindows and rooflight will be required.

Soft FurnishingsClean and dust the upholstery and if possibleremove before placing the caravan into winterstorage. Alternatively, stand the cushions on theiredges to allow circulation of air. This will reducethe possibility of dampness from condensation.

Keep curtains or blinds closed, to minimisefading of furniture.

If the blinds and/or flyscreens remain down fora prolonged period of time, re-tensioning ofthe springs will be necessary before re-use.

Wheels and TyresDo not store in one position with partiallydeflated tyres. The tyre walls will suffer and dopresent a real danger of blow outs, especiallywhen travelling at faster speeds than areallowed in the UK.

The wheels should be turned every couple ofweeks or even better, the wheels removedand the caravan placed on “winter wheels” oraxle stands.

If you are removing the wheels, follow thejacking procedure for changing a wheel.

Check your tyres regularly for signs of ageand deterioration, particularly wear, cracking

and blistering. If in doubt consult a reputabletyre fitter.

Water System

Remove chopping board from bowl.

All single lever mixer taps, including theshower mixer, should have the lever movedto the central position and lifted to the openposition for hot and cold.

Locate the system drain valves if fitted,mounted above the floor. Rotate the handleclockwise on each to the open position.

Drain water heater. Open yellow handle oninline valve adjacent to water heater. Valve isopen when handle is vertical.

Drain water tank. Open tank isolation valve.Valve is open when handle is inline with bodyof valve.

Run pump for a short time to assist purgingwater from pipework.

Remove shower head. Let the shower hosedrain into the shower tray and then returnto holder.

The pump manufacturer recommends thatafter draining the caravan, the plumbingconnection at the outlet from the pump shouldbe disconnected (This can be done byunscrewing the fitting which connects theplumbing to the accumulator). With a suitablecontainer present to collect any remainingwater, the pump should then run for a shorttime. This ensures that the majority of water isremoved from the pump head which will

minimise the risk of frost damage to the pump.

Before recomissioning the system reverse allabove actions. (See Taps in Services section)

The Thetford Cassette porta potti is easilywinterised for storage. Empty the fresh watertank using the drain tube/fresh water tanklevel indicator (level indicator on electronicmodels only). Pull the lever indicator/draintube down from top plug position andoutward through door opening to drain waterfrom the tank.

Empty the water fill funnel by pulling the bottleaway from tank. Remove the small water capon the filler bottom, allowing water to drainfrom the water funnel. (Not C-200 toilet).

Do not tighten caps, this helps in keepingunit dry.

The pour out spout and vent plug can beremoved. Seals should be greased ifnecessary with acid-free vaseline.

Recomissioning the Water SystemFill the fresh water tank on the ThetfordCassette porta potti using a hose or jerrycanuntil the water in the funnel reaches the neck.Tank capacity is 15 litres. Aqua Rinse may beadded to improve cleaning of bowl andflushing of unit.

Replace cap. Swing back the water fill funneluntil it touches the water tank.

Add Aqua Kem (100 ml) into the Cassette (or120 ml if using Aqua Kem Bio) through the pourout spout. Add small amount of water through

154

Page 154: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceImportantAlways follow the manufacturersrecommended procedures after use of fittedequipment in the caravan and before storingfor any length of time.

ALKO RUNNING GEARCARE & MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONSFOR YOUR AL-KO CHASSIS ANDCOMPONENTS

General InformationThe AL-KO lightweight chassis has beenperfected by many years of research anddevelopment, supported by an exhaustivetest programme.

Manufactured from high quality steel, thechassis has extra deep sections to providestrength at points of maximum stress. Largeelongated holes are punched in thelongitudinal chassis members, to reduceweight to a minimum. Each hole incorporatesa return flange to maintain the requiredstrength and provide rigidity in the extradeep sections.

The chassis frame is of a bolted constructionwhich allows replacement of individual partsshould the need arise.

The chassis is Hot Dipped Galvanised. Thisis regarded as one of the best forms ofcorrosion protection. It does howeverrequire minimal maintenance in certain

circumstances and should, if properlymaintained, last the lifetime of the vehicle.

When new, the chassis is of a bright andshiny appearance. As the galvanising curesduring the initial 2/3 month period, this willgradually change to a medium/dark greycolour. This grey finish is the ideal, giving thecorrect protective coating. During this curingperiod the surface should be protected toavoid possible wet storage stain, in theform of a soft, light coloured, porous,oxidation layer. If the chassis members are incontact with any salt deposits from roadsthis should immediately be washed off with ahigh pressure washer. Salt attracts moistureallowing the surfaces to remain wet, thisprevents curing and also allows formation ofwet storage stain.

It is recommended that the chassis/components are washed off, using apressure washer on an annual basis(especially after winter usage), to avoidundesirable build up of salt and dirt deposits.

The galvanised chassis should not bepainted or subjected to any other protectivetreatment.

Should the galvanising become superficiallydamaged exposing the steel core, thisshould be cleaned and treated with a ColdGalvanising Spray obtainable from vehicleaccessory outlets.

Damage to chassis members through impact

155

the pour out spout and replace the cap.

It is advisable after storage to flush the watersystem initially with a sterilising agent (suchas Milton), and then with water repeating untilthe system is well flushed through.

Connect the pump.

Fill the system with water until water flowsfreely from the hot taps. About 2 gallons ofwater will be required. Close the hot taps.

AppliancesBefore starting caravanning after storagecheck all gas appliances and electrical points.

Note: Preferably not less than once a year,the electrical installation should be inspectedand tested by a qualified electrician.

After storage it is advisable to air the caravanand clean throughout, especially cookingappliances and the refrigerator.

Replace the bedding and wheels if they wereremoved for storage.

Page 155: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

156

etc, MUST NOT be straightened or welded.Damaged chassis members MUST bereplaced.

Drilling or Welding of Parts or Accessories

The chassis is designed and built to precisetolerances and must not be drilled or welded(except in accordance with certain AL-KOAccessory Operating Instructions). Failure tocomply will invalidate all warranties.

Independent Suspension

The AL-KO rubber suspension is designedand developed to suit all types of roadconditions and is maintenance free. Threerubber elements are contained within ahexagonal axle tube. These providesuspension and have inherent dampingcharacteristics. (Only the hubs and wheelbrakes require attention - see axle section).

Loadings on Coupling Heads, OverrunAssemblies and Axles

The permitted ‘nose’ weights of the couplinghead/stabiliser, overrun assembly anddrawbars, must never exceed the lowestvalue stamped on the assemblies.

The maximum axle loading is that stampedon the plate (Fig. 1 example axle plate) locatedin the centre of the axle, facing rearwards.

DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE AS THISWILL VOID THE PLATE.

The third line down marked “Capacity” is the

maximum permitted axle loading andmust not be exceeded.

The caravan manufacturer may have stateda lower maximum loading weight on theplate fitted adjacent to the entrance door,

this then becomes the maximumpermitted load and must not beexceeded. We recommend you record theAxle details for future reference.

It may be possible if required for thecaravans MTPLM to be upgraded.

Your caravan dealer will require the followingdetails from the axle plate.

(Example of information ref Fig 1)

• Order - CHA402248• Qty – 1 of 2• Date - 3 May 05• Type - B850-10• Capacity - 1000E

Loading

Loads to be carried in the caravan should beplaced directly over, or as close as possibleto the axles, otherwise the handling will beimpaired. Maximum gross weight, as advisedby the caravan manufacturer, must not beexceeded without approval from AL-KO.

Maximum loading is defined as thedifference between ex-works weight and thepermitted total weight.

Load Too Far Forward (Fig 2)Steering and braking ability reduced.Increased loading on the rear axle andchassis of the tow vehicle.

Load Too Far Back (Fig. 3)High skid risk together with poor braking effect.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2

Fig. 3

Page 156: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

157

Load Over Axle (Fig 4)Optimum road holding together withmaximum braking effect. Exceptionally heavyloads should packed directly over the axle.

Attention should be paid to the legalregulations regarding the permittedpressure exerted by the towbar on thetowed unit.

AXLE TYPES

Safety Precautions

No welding is permitted on AL-KO Axles

It is important that the wheel and hub/ brakedrum are compatible. This mean that thePCD, wheelbolts and inset must all becompatible with both the hub/brake drumand the wheel rim.

Particular attention must be paid to therecommended torque figures for thewheelbolts (see pg 18).

The axle type details shown on axle typeplates must not be obscured or madeillegible by application of any additionalsurface finish.

Operating Instructions

Service Brake

When the towing vehicle is braking ortravelling down hill, the overrun device shaftis pushed in (dependent on the magnitude ofthe thrust on the shaft) and presses on theoverrun lever. This acts on the bowdencables and expander mechanism, which inturn expands the brake shoes applying thewheel brakes.

Hand Brake

With the gas strut version, pull the handbrakelever until upright. With the spring cylinderversion, pull the handbrake lever right up tothe last tooth. The caravan is then braked.

IMPORTANT NOTE

Please note that with the handbrake fullyapplied, the caravan/trailer is able to movebackwards by 25 cms until the springcylinder/gas spring takes effect.

Maintenance and Cleaning

Maintenance of Euro-Plus/Euro-Compactand Euro-Delta.

The above semi-trailing axles come fittedwith maintenance free wheel bearings(greased and sealed for life) and noadjustment is necessary.

NOTE: The hub bearing is not protectedagainst water ingress. Check wheel brakelinings for wear every 10,000 kilometers or

every 12 months via the inspection hole (Fig. 5/Item 1). Adjust if necessary. Wherecontinuous travel in hilly regions or highmileage is experienced, earlier inspectionand adjustment may be necessary.

NOTE: The flanged hub-nut, located underthe dust cap, used to keep the brake drumin situ, is a ONE-SHOT NUT (ie. must onlybe used once). If removed it must bereplaced with a NEW flanged nut - torquedto 290 ± 10 Nm (214+/1 7.5 lbs/ft). A smallamount of special mineral grease, availablefrom AL-KO must be applied to stub axlethread prior to fitting the new flanged nut.After fitting excess grease must be removedwith white sprit.

The rear hexagon cap head bolt locatedunder the black plastic cap MUST NOT BEDISTURBED under any circumstance.Interference with this nut will result inimmediate tyre wear and damage to the

Fig. 4

Fig. 5

Page 157: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

158

braking system and WILL INVALIDATE ALLWARRANTIES. Should the rear nutaccidentally be disturbed then the completeaxle must be returned to AL-KO for resettingof the toe-in and camber.

No attempt should be made to remove thebearing. In the event of damage to thebearing or drum, only the drum completewith bearing and circlip will be available as aspare. No grease is used in the hub otherthan the mineral grease on the stub axle. Nogrease should be placed in the DUST cap.This is not a grease cap as used in allprevious hubs

“Standard Axle” Maintenance (taper rollerbearings)

After 1500 km or 6 months

Have the axial play of the hub bearingchecked and adjusted if necessary.

After 10,000 km or 12 months

Check quantity and quality of grease, renewif necessary.

Check the wear of the wheel brake liningsevery 10,000 Km or every 12 months throughinspection hole (Fig. 5) and adjust ifnecessary. Where continuous travel in hillyregions or high mileage is experienced, earlierinspection and adjustment may be necessary.

SPARE PARTS

Spare parts are safety critical parts! For thisreason when fitting spare parts in ourproducts we recommend the use of originalAL-KO parts or those parts that we haveexplicitly approved. The reliability, safety andsuitability of parts designed especially forour products, has been determined using aspecial test procedure. In spite of constantlymonitoring the market we are unable toassess or vouch for other products.

If repair work or servicing is required, AL-KOhave a large network of AL-KO servicestations throughout Europe.

To establish the correct spare parts requiredfor your axle you should always quote theaxle type (axle identification plate Fig. 1,

page 156) and Spare Part Identification no.(ETI No.), which will be stamped onto thewheel brake or on the identification plate(Fig. 6). Please establish these numbersbefore contacting AL-KO or a Service Agent.

The AL-KO rubber suspension axle has beendesigned and developed to suit all types ofroad conditions and is maintenance free.

Three rubber elements are contained withinan hexagonal axle tube. These providesuspension and have inherent dampingcharacteristics.

Figs. 7, 8 & 9 show the deformation of therubber elements at the extremes ofsuspension movement.

The axle is designed to ride with thesuspension drop arm at, or slightly below,the horizontal position.

For Trouble Shooting & Fault Finding pleasesee Table 1 on page 174.

Fig. 6

Page 158: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

159

AL-KO BRAKING SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT

1. Ensure the towing shaft with couplinghead is pulled FULLY FORWARD. (Fig.10).

2. Release the handbrake to the FULLY OFFposition. If the handbrake will not godown the whole way because of thefairing or any other obstruction; then thefairing must be cut away and/or theobstruction removed to achieve thisdesired position. It will not be possible toset up the braking system properly whenthe handbrake is not in the FULLY OFFposition. (Fig. 10).

3. Jack up one side of the caravan, usingthe AL-KO Side Lift Jack System. (seeJack Operating Instructions).

4. Remove the inner plastic bung from thebackplate to expose the “starwheel”adjuster access. (Figs. 10 & 11).

5. ALWAYS rotating the road wheel in theforward direction - NEVER backwards;adjust the starwheel with a suitablescrewdriver, in the direction of the arrowembossed on the backplate until there isresistance in the wheel rotation. (Fig. 11).

6. Slacken off the starwheel adjuster untilthe road wheel turns freely in theFORWARD direction. (Fig. 11).

7. Check the adjustment at the end of thebrake cable where it is secured to the

abutment (bracket), welded to the centreof the axle. When the inner cable is pulledout it should extend between 5 and 8mm. (Fig.12). (On tandem axles a doubleabutment (bracket) is fitted to the frontaxle ONLY).

8. Repeat for other wheel or wheels.

9. On tandem axles the brake cables fromthe rear axle should pass over this axleand cross over each other, before beingconnected to the abutment (bracket) onthe front axle.

10. Ensure the balance bar (compensator) isbeing pulled evenly (Figs.10 & 12).Excessive movement to this bar (doubleon tandem axles) would indicate possibleincorrect adjustment (if appropriate,repeat step No. 7 - Fig. 12).

11. Check the brake rod support bracket,(fixed to the floor) IS supporting thebrake rod evenly. The brake rod MUSTALWAYS run straight, NEVER bent orcurved under any fittings. On tandemaxles, using the double balance bar, abrake rod support tube (Part No. 228827)MUST ALWAYS be fitted on the end ofthe brake rod, passing through thecentre aperture on the abutment.

12. Remove the slack in the brake rod byadjusting the long ball nut, rear of thebalance bar, ensuring the overrun levermakes contact with the end of the

Fig. 7 Rebound or Free Position

Fig. 8 Normal or Laden Position

Fig. 9 Maximum Bump

Page 159: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

160

Fig. 10

Fig. 11

Fig. 12

Brake Linkages

It is recommended that all brake linkagethreads are lightly greased for protection.

Page 160: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

161

towing shaft. Note! Over adjustment tothe long ball nut (Fig. 12/Item 2) couldinduce movement of the inner brakecable, reducing the effective clearance ofthe brake shoes. If the overrun lever willnot make contact, it is possible the twolock nuts, forward of the spring cylinder,are incorrectly adjusted. Loosen the nutsand adjust brake rod as above (Figs. 10& 12).

13. Adjust the two locking nuts, forward ofthe spring cylinder (Fig. 10), (on somechassis a single Nyloc nut is used) togive 1 mm of clearance on the springcylinder. This cylinder (the energy storefor the handbrake operation) must beable to rotate ONLY, not slide on thebrake rod. (Fig. 12). (If the overrunassembly is fitted with a gas struthandbrake then no spring cylinder isfitted - therefore ignore this paragraph).

14. CORRECT ADJUSTMENT of the linkageis checked by operating the handbrakelever so that when the second or thirdtooth is engaged, a slight braking force isfelt on the road wheels.

15. OVER ADJUSTMENT of either the wheelbrakes or linkages, will result in difficultreversing causing the wheels to “lock-up”.

16. When parking, the handbrake leverMUST ALWAYS be engaged into the fully

upright position (90°). This is tocompress the spring within the springcylinder and thereby create an energystore which will automatically engage thebrakes further should the caravan move.If difficulty is experienced in thisoperation, try easing the caravanbackwards with one hand while engagingthe handbrake fully with the other. Thismanoeuvre should not be attempted ona rearwards facing slope. In this casewheel chocks should be used combinedwith the handbrake. See page 170 for allhandbrake operations.

17. Finally, if the road wheels have beenremoved, re-tighten using a calibratedTorque Wrench to 88 Nm (65 lbs/ft) - onall M12 wheel bolts -in sequence, i.e.North, South, East, West NOT clock oranti-clockwise (refers to steel rims only).Remember to over-tighten is just asdangerous as to under-tighten, as thiscan distort the wheel rims. Avoid the useof power wrenches.

IMPORTANT - The torque settingsshould be rechecked after 50 Km. Wheelbolts should NEVER be lubricated.

Coupling Heads/Combined StabiliserDevices

Your Caravan will be fitted with either astandard coupling head or a combinedstabiliser/coupling unit. If your caravan is

fitted with an AKS 1300 Stabiliser, pleaserequest Part No. 1385106 for full operatinginstructions. If fitted with AKS 2700,request Part No. 1385107.

Safety Precautions

Always ensure that the coupling head isproperly connected to the tow vehicle’stowball every time you couple up. If thisprocedure is not carried out correctly, thecaravan/ trailer may become detached fromthe towing vehicle!

Maximum possible articulation of thecoupling head must not exceed ±25 overtically and ±20 o horizontally - see Fig 13.

If exceeded, components will be overloadedand the operation of the assembly adverselyaffected!

Fig. 13

Page 161: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceOperation

For Coupling types AK160, AK300 &AK350.

Coupling Up

Open coupling handle. To do this pull thecoupling handle up (Fig. 14) in the directionof the arrow.

The coupling mechanism has a fixed openposition, ie. as long as the coupling head isnot placed on the ball the coupling willremain open.

Put the open coupling onto the towball. Thecoupling handle automatically and audiblyclicks into position. In the interests of safety,press the handle down by hand (Fig. 14).

The coupling head is correctly connectedwhen the green cylinder part of the safetyindicator is visible (when viewed from theside - Fig. 14/Item 2).

The coupling mechanism is correctlyengaged when the coupling handle can nolonger be pressed down any further (byhand).

Caution

If the coupling head is not correctly hitchedonto the towball, then the caravan/trailer canbecome disconnected from the towingvehicle.

Uncoupling

Open the coupling handle and lift thecoupling head from the towball. When thereare higher nose loads, coupling anduncoupling can be made easier by using thejockey wheel.

Wear Indicator

A wear indicator on the coupling head (Fig.15) shows whether the wear limit of thetowing vehicle’s towball or the trailercoupling has been reached or not.

For this purpose, hitch up the trailer to thetowball and drive the unit for approx. 500 m.This will set the coupling head adjustment.Following this, check the wear indicator asfollows.

If the green indicator is visible on thecoupling (with the coupling engaged Fig. 15),the coupling head is in good condition or thewear on the towball is within permissiblelimits.

When the green indicator on the couplinghandle is completely covered over and onlythe red portion is visible (Fig. 15), this couldbe caused by the following:

- The towball has reached the lowest wearlimit of 49.61 mm dia.

- Both coupling head and towball areshowing signs of wear.

162

Fig. 14

Fig. 15

Page 162: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

163

Fig. 16

- Towball is in good condition with 50mmdia, but the coupling head is showing anexcessive level of wear.

Caution

Under these circumstances, the couplinghead can become detached from the towballand the caravan/ trailer can breakaway fromthe tow vehicle. The coupling head andtowball must therefore be checkedIMMEDIATELY before future use. Any faultyparts must be changed IMMEDIATELY.

All maintenance work should be carried outby AL-KO Approved Workshops.

Operation

For coupling types AK7, AK 10/2 orAK252. (This type of coupling is normallyfitted to trailers or older model caravans).

Coupling Up

Push the safety lever (Fig. 16/Item 1) up withthe index finger and lift the handle up andforwards. Put the opened coupling onto thetowball with the handle pulled up and inaddition press down by hand. The couplingwill close by applying a light pressure. Pressthe handle down by hand until the catchsnaps out (Fig. 16).

The coupling head is correctly engagedwhen the green cylinder part of the safetyindicator is visible (Fig. 16/Item 2).

Caution

It is most important to check that thecoupling head is properly engaged on thetowball each time.

Uncoupling

Lift coupling handle fully and remove thecoupling head from the towball. Where thereare higher nose loads, coupling anduncoupling can be made easier by using thejockey wheel.

Wear Indicator:

If the handle reaches the back of thecutaway portion of the housing, when thecoupling head is engaged (Fig. 17) there willbe play between the towball and couplinghead. Automatic re-adjustment is no longerpossible and the assembly will needinspecting.

Caution:

Under these circumstances, the couplinghead can become detached from the towballand the caravan/ trailer can breakaway fromthe tow vehicle. The coupling head andtowball must therefore be checkedIMMEDIATELY before future use. Any faultyparts must be changed IMMEDIATELY.

All maintenance work should be carried outby AL-KO Approved Workshops.

Fig. 17

Page 163: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceServicing & Cleaning

Lubrication Points (Fig. 18)

Clean Towball

Lightly grease, or oil ball socket, joints andbearing points as appropriate. Generalpurpose grease to DIN 6=51825 KTA 3K.

For Troubleshooting and Fault Finding pleasesee Table 2 on Page 175.

Operating Instructions forAKS 3004REGULATIONS

1. The AKS 3004 must be used inconjunction with 50 mm dia. towballswhich conform to EC Directive 94/20 (DIN74058 or local equivalent).

2. Suitable for attachment to drawbars orapproved overrun braking equipment forsingle (and tandem axle) caravan/trailers,with a minimum weight of 200 Kg and amaximum permissible weight of 2000 Kg.

3. EC design approval has been given to theAL-KO AKS 3004 coupling under permitNo. e1*94/20*0930*00.

RESTRICTIONS OF USE

1. The trailer coupling may only beconnected to towing vehicles where theclearances for the stabiliser can beobserved, in accordance with ECDirective 94/20 (DIN 74058). If theseclearances are infringed by specialattachments, then the use must bechecked separately.

Clearances for Stabiliser Handle (Fig. 19)

The area above the towball of the vehiclemust be free from vehicle components orattachments (A) (eg spare wheels,platforms etc.)

The clearance for the stabiliser handlemust be at least 330 mm (B) + the strokemovement (D) (85mm-100mm), whichequates to 440 mm when used inconjunction with an AL-KO overrun.

Max. 50 mm (C) clearance between thecentre of the towball and top of theoverrun assembly or fairing, to ensure

both coupling handle and stabiliserhandle do not foul on operation.

Maintain the same clearances for othermanufacturers’ overrun assemblies.

2. Not suitable for use with overrun deviceswhich can revolve above 25 (Fig. 20).

3. Swan Neck towbars (fixed or detachable) are suitable for use with the AKS 3004providing they comply to EC Directive94/20 and have the required minimum 60mm clearance, measured from the centreof the towball (Fig. 20).

164

Fig. 18

Fig. 19

Page 164: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

SAFETY WARNINGS

1. In accordance with EC Directive 94/20,couplings of type A 50-1 cannot be used(see Fig. 21), your warranty will be invalidif this type of towball is used.

2. For UK use, please use the extendedneck towball (type A50-X).

3. A bolted-in type ball coupling (Fig. 22) isonly permissible if the thread is locked orwelded.

4. The AKS 3004 cannot be used with alaterally attached reversing lever, on theleft side, when facing direction of traffic.

5. The towball must be free from grease,paint and other residue, otherwise thestabilising effect will be greatly reduced.

6. If friction pads become contaminatedwith grease, they should be replaced.

7. The AKS 3004 should only be operatedby one person, when opening or closingthe handle, to reduce injury risks.

AKS 3004 Delivery Specifications

Coupling handle (Fig. 23/Item 1),Stabiliser Lever (Fig. 23/Item 2)

Preparation for coupling/uncoupling

The Stabiliser lever (Fig. 24/Item 2) must bein the uppermost position (open).

Coupling

Pull the coupling handle (Fig. 25/Item 1) upin the direction of arrow. The couplingmechanism has an open position ie. as longas the AKS 3004 is not placed on the ball,the handle will remain open. Put the openedcoupling onto the clean towball. The handlemust now make an audible click and returnto the flat position.

165

Fig. 20

Fig. 23

Fig. 21

Fig. 22

Page 165: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

Warning: The coupling is correctly engagedwhen the green edge of the safety indicatorbutton is visible (Fig. 26/Item 3).

Stabiliser Unit

To operate the Stabiliser (once coupled tothe towball), simply press the stabiliser leverdown as far as it will go (Fig. 26/Item 2).

Uncoupling

Pull the stabiliser lever handle up as far as itwill go, open the coupling handle and lift theAKS 3004 from the towball. With larger noseloads, coupling and uncoupling can be madeeasier by using the jockey wheel to assistlifting.

Please Note: The friction pads (Fig.27/1,2,3) are pressed against the towball andhence generate a stabilising/damping force.These pads are therefore subject to wearover time, however they will have a longservice life (circa.30,000 Miles), providedthey are well maintained and kept free ofgrease/dirt.

Checking the efficiency of the left/rightfriction pads

1. Couple up AKS 3004.

2. Open Stabiliser lever (Fig. 28/Item1).

3. Close Stabiliser lever until resistance isfelt (ie friction pads are in contact with theball but not yet under pressure).

4. If the arrow on the arm (Fig. 28/Item 4) isbefore or on the marked area (Fig.28/Item 2) the friction pads are still asnew (See A)

166

Fig. 24

Fig. 26

Fig. 27

Fig. 25

Page 166: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

5. The arrow on the arm should lie betweenthe marked area on the soft dock (See B)

6. If the arrow on the plate reaches orpasses the marked area on the soft dockthen the friction pads need replacing (See C).

Please Note: It is not necessary to adjustthe friction pads

Manoeuvring

For easier manoeuvring (on campsites etc),pull the stabiliser lever to the ‘up’ position.

Please do not use the stabiliser lever as anmanoeuvring handle. Please use the handleson the Caravan or fit the AL-KOmanoeuvring handle to your jockey wheel(available separately).

1. During opening or closing, the AKS mustonly be operated by one person.

2. Press stabiliser lever down by hand forceonly DO NOT use your foot or anextension bar, this will damage thecomponents (Fig. 29).

3. When opening or closing thestabiliser lever, please ensure your handdoes not touch the coupling handle - youmay accidentally trap your fingers! (Fig.29).

Noises whilst driving

As a rule, the friction pads of the AKS 3004do not make a noise during driving. Anyclicking, creaking or squeaking noises thatdo arise may be due to the following:

a) Foreign bodies or dirt between the frictionpad and tow ball.

b) Dry operation of the drawshaft inside theoverrun device.

c) A detachable towball which has too muchplay in the locking mechanism.

167

Fig. 28

Fig. 29

Page 167: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceRemedial Action

a) Clean the tow ball and friction pads bylightly rubbing the surface (100-120 gritemery paper).

b) Lubricate the drawshaft sleeve via thegrease nipples. In addition, push thegaiter forward and grease (DIN 51 825KTA 3K) the exposed part of the shaft(Fig. 30).

c) Visit a specialist workshop to have theball holding area checked for damageand the locking mechanism for function.If necessary, change the towball.

Servicing and Cleaning

Friction Pad Replacement (please replaceone at a time)

1. Uncouple AKS 3004.

2. Remove protective caps (Fig. 31/Item 1)with the aid of a small screwdriver.

3. Press worn out pad inwards and remove(use punch and hammer) (Fig. 31/2)

4. Insert new friction pad from below (afterfirst re-inserting shim washers if theywere present) and press in as far as it willgo (Fig. 31/Item 4 & Fig. 32).

Checking the efficiency of the front/rearfriction pads

1. Couple the AKS 3004 to the towball butdo not activate the stabiliser.

2. If a green indicator is visible (on thehandle), then the AKS 3004 is in a newcondition or the pads and towball arewithin the permissible limits (Fig. 33/Item2).

3. If only a red indicator is visible (Fig.34/Item 3), then this may have thefollowing causes:

a) AKS 3004 is okay but the towball hasreached the lowest limit of 49.61mm

b) AKS 3004 shows signs of wear

c) Towball is in a new condition (50mm)but the front/rear friction pads show ahigh degree of wear.

Establish the diameterof the towball so thatconclusions may bedrawn as to the wearof the friction pads(ball diameter mustnot be less than49.61mm)

168

Fig. 30

Fig. 31

Fig. 33 Fig. 34

Fig. 32

Page 168: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceFriction Pad Replacement (Front/Rear only)

1. Uncouple the AKS 3004

2. Remove the rubber soft dock (pull up andoff) Fig. 35/Item 1 & Fig 36.

3. Press the safety indicator outwards andsecure with SW14 hex. spanner (notincluded), (Fig. 35/Item 2).

4. Remove cheese-head screws (Fig. 35/item 3 & Fig 36), using special torx tool.

5. Press friction lining recess (Fig. 35/Item 4)inwards and pull down and out.

6. Open coupling handle (Fig. 35/Item 8).

7. Remove countersunk head cap screwusing special torx tool (Fig. 35/Item 5 &Fig. 37).

8. Press friction pad inwards with ascrewdriver and remove from ball cup.

9. Fitment of new linings takes place inreverse. Tighten screws 3 & 5 to 5 Nm.

10) Replace rubber soft dock, insert topsection first then bottom.

Important Maintenance and CleaningAdvice:

1. The towball should be cleaned regularlyto remove grease or other residue, theuse of Thinners, White Spirit or BrakeCleaner is recommended - otherwise thestabilising effect will be severely reduced.

2. If friction pads are contaminated, theyshould not be cleaned but replaced.

3. The surface of the towball must be free ofgrooves, rust or seizing marks.

4. Towballs coated (with paint or similar)must have this surface completelyremoved (use 100 or 120 grain emerypaper). If this is not done, increasedtowball wear will occur and may causedamage to the AKS 3004 components.

5. In Winter, carefully spray only the visualindicator with de-icer.

Lubrication

Should lubrication of the stabiliser partsbecome necessary, then the following mustbe observed.

a) Clean all parts thoroughly.

b) Areas may only be covered with a thinfilm of grease (Fig. 38).

c) Use multipurpose grease DIN 51825 KTA3K.

Warning: When lubricating, ensure nonegets into the friction pad or towball holdingarea.

AL-KO SECURE IMOBILISER

Refer to the User Instructions Kit supplied.

169

Fig. 35

Fig. 38

Fig. 36 Fig. 37

Page 169: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceOverrun Devices

In the importance of Safety, pleasefamiliarise yourself with the operation of thisoverrun device BEFORE using yourcaravan/trailer.

Safety Precautions

When parking your tow vehicle andcaravan/trailer on site, you must apply thecaravan handbrake. If the unit is parked butdisconnected from the tow vehicle, it isstrongly recommended that each wheel ischocked using AL-KO or suitable wheelchocks.

If a ‘detachable’ type drawbar is fitted (aswith catering trailers). the drawbar must notbe removed from the trailer with the hand-brake applied.

Caution: Please note when parking thecaravan/ trailer, the wheelbrake auto-reverse mechanism will allow thecaravan/trailer to travel backwards forapproximately 25 cm (please allowsufficient clearance when parking).

Operation

AL-KO overrun devices are a mechanicaltype, using a hydraulic damper.

Coupling Up

Manoeuvre towing vehicle or trailer tocoupling point.

Overrun devices fitted with 50 mmcoupling head

Fully open coupling head handle and securehitch onto the towball. See page 20(coupling up).

Thread the breakaway cable through thebreakaway cable guide provided (Fig. 40)and connect it to attachment point providedon towing bracket (Fig. 39). Please refer to‘Braked Trailers Use of Breakaway Cables’for further detail.

Caution: The breakaway cable operates thehandbrake (emergency brake), in the eventof the caravan/trailer becoming detachedfrom the towing vehicle during towing. Forthis emergency brake to work correctly, it isabsolutely essential that the following pointsare observed:

1. The breakaway cable MUST run throughthe breakaway cable guide.

2. The breakaway cable MUST NOT bewrapped around the jockey wheel, as thisdisables the emergency brake (Fig. 41).

3. The cable MUST run as straight aspossible and not be restricted.

4. Ensure the cable is long enough to allowfor cornering and will not become taut orsnag during use, as this could result inthe handbrake operating whilst towing.

Please refer to ‘Braked Trailers Use ofBreakaway Cables’ Information sheet,supplied with your caravan/trailer.

170

Fig. 39

Fig. 40 Fig. 41

Page 170: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

171

Overrun device fitted with Eye End

Lock the eye end into the eye end jawassembly and see operating instructions forvehicles fitted with eye end jaw assembly.

Overrun Device Fitted with 50 mmCoupling Head

Connect trailer electric plug controlling lightsand indicators etc. into towing vehiclesocket.

Wind the jockey wheel up fully and clampsecurely in position, ensuring that it does notfoul the brake rod or breakaway cable.

Ensure handbrake is fully off by pushing itfully down (Figs. 42-46).

Remove wheel chocks if fitted and stowsafely.

Caution: Failure to comply with this couldresult in the brakes overheating.

Coupling Up (Euro-Overrun Devices)

Fully retract Jockey Wheel inner tube so thatit locks against Jockey Wheel outer tube.

Slacken Jockey Wheel Clamp handle andraise complete assembly through cutout inbody to its highest position (ensure it doesn’tcome into contact with the brake rodassembly), fully tighten Jockey Wheel Clamphandle to ensure the Jockey Wheel is firmlyheld in position (Fig. 45).

Fig. 42

Fig. 43

Fig. 44

Fig. 45

Fig. 46

Page 171: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceUncoupling (All Types)

Secure caravan/trailer by chocking bothwheels. Apply handbrake fully. There are 4different handbrake systems (See Figs 42-46). With all four systems please observe thefollowing:

Handbrake Lever With Gas Strut (Fig. 42)

Ensure handbrake is fully applied (ashighlighted). This will ensure that the gasstrut will automatically re-apply the wheelbrakes if the trailer starts to roll backwards.

To Release

Press the handbrake push button fully homeand firmly press the handbrake lever backinto the off position (handbrake horizontal).

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat the trailer could roll backwards!

Caution: The brake rod must not be undertension/bowed when the handbrake isdisengaged, otherwise the breakawaymechanism will not function.

Handbrake Lever With Spring Cylinder(Fig. 43)

Apply handbrake fully ensuring thathandbrake is in the vertical position. This willensure that the spring cylinder energy storeis fully loaded and will automatically re-applythe wheel brakes if the trailer starts to rollbackwards.

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat the trailer could roll backwards!

Automatic Handbrake Lever (Fig. 44)

Ensure handbrake is fully applied (ashighlighted). This will ensure that the gasstrut or spring cylinder will automatically re-apply the wheel brakes if the trailer starts toroll backwards.

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat that the trailer could roll backwards!

To Release

Firmly push the handbrake lever back intothe off position (Handbrake horizontal).

Handbrake Lever With Spring Cylinderand Gas Strut (Fig. 46), normally fitted tocommercial units:

Ensure handbrake is fully applied (asdescribed). This will ensure that the gas strutor spring cylinder will automatically re-applythe wheel brakes if trailer starts to rollbackwards.

Caution: If the handbrake is not fullyapplied as detailed above, there is dangerthat the trailer could roll backwards!

To Release

Press the handbrake push button fully homeand firmly press the handbrake lever backinto the off position (handbrake horizontal).

Servicing

Every 10,000 - 15,000 Km or every 12months: Lubricate/grease all sliding andmoving parts of the overrun device as showin Fig. 47.

Recommended lubricant. General purposegrease to DIN 51825 KTA 3KA.

172

Fig. 47

Page 172: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

173

Servicing and care of hot dip galvanisedparts

The formation of white rust is only a surfacecoating and has no adverse effect on theanti-corrosion properties of galvanising. Inorder to minimise the potential for theformation of white rust the followingprecautions should be taken:

- Ensure there is adequate air circulationwhen storing hot dip-galvanised parts.

- After winter journeys it is recommendedthat surfaces are washed with cleanwater.

Spare Parts

Spare parts are safety critical parts! For thisreason when fitting spare parts in ourproducts we recommend the use of originalAL-KO parts or those parts that we haveexplicitly approved. The reliability, safety andsuitability of parts designed especially forour products, has been determined using aspecial test procedure. In spite of constantlymonitoring the market we are unable toassess or vouch for other products.

If repair work or servicing is required, AL-KOhave a large network of AL-KO servicestations throughout Europe. To establish thecorrect spare parts required you shouldalways quote the model and type of overrundevice in question along with the ETI No.which is stamped into the overrun device

housing. The ETI number for the EuroOverrun can be found on the handbrakelever (See Fig. 45).

For Troubleshooting and Fault Finding,please see Table 3 on Page 175.

Page 173: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceTrouble Shooting & Fault Finding

Table 1 Axles

174

Poor Braking

Difficulty in Reversing

Brakes Overheating

Handbrake Force Low

Uncomfortable ride orUneven Braking

Fault

Linings worn or damaged.

Brake Linings not bedded in.

Brake set up incorrect.

Braking system set too tightly.

Auto-Reverse lever too stiff.

Incorrect setting.

Braking system not fully released.

Overrun lever stuck.

Damage or Corrosion to braking system

Incorrect setting of the brakes.

Linings not bedded in.

Loose braking adjustment.

Damper defective.

Axle shock absorbers defective.

Replace Brake Linings.

Will pass after braking a few times.

Reset Brakes as page 159 & ensure system is lubricated.

Reset Brakes as page 159.

Lubricate and free off Reverse Lever.

Reset Brakes as page 159.

Check Handbrake has been released & the system is running freely.

Lubricate and free off Reverse Lever.

Check system as page 159 and repair or renew parts as necessary.

Reset brakes as page 159 and lubricate as necessary.

Will pass after braking a few times.

Reset brakes as page 159.

Check and replace damper if necessary.

Replace shock absorber.

Cause Remedy

Page 174: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Maintenance

175

Table 2 Coupling Heads

Coupling does not engageonto ball

Difficulty in Uncoupling

Too much play in thecoupling

Fault

Ball diameter too large. Ball could be damaged or deformed. Coupling head dirty or defective.

Ball damaged or deformed. Coupling damaged or deformed. Coupling head under pressure from damper.

Coupling damaged or deformed Ball too small

Change ball to correct size.Fit new ball.Clean & Lubricate coupling and replace if necessary.

Fit new ball.Replace if necessary.Pull forward a few inches to to relieve pressure

Replace if necessary.Fit new ball.

Cause Remedy

Table 3 Overrun Devices

Poor Braking

Brakes Overheating DuringTowing

Handbrake Force Low

Brakes Apply DuringDeceleration or Downhill Travel.

Fault

Overrun shaft tight. Overrun shaft corroded. Body housing damaged.

Handbrake not fully released. Braking system incorrectly set. Incorrect attachment of breakaway cable.

Defective gas strut. Incorrect setting of spring cylinder.

Overrun damper is defective.

Lubricate overrun shaft and replace any damaged parts.

Release handbrake.Reset brakes as page 159.Ensure correct attachment as listed on page 170 or refer to Braked TrailersUse of Breakaway Cables sheet.

Replace gas strut.Reset spring cylinder as page 159.

Replace the overrun damper.

Cause Remedy

Page 175: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

MaintenanceACCESSORIES

Corner SteadiesCorner Steadies are as stated, for thepurpose of steadying the caravan corners.They are NOT JACKS AND SHOULD NEVERBE USED AS SUCH. The screw and pivotpins should be lubricated periodically toensure their satisfactory operation. (See alsoJack Operation).

Shock AbsorbersAll AL-KO chassis have pre-punched holesto accommodate Shock Absorbers, in frontof the axle. On the Euro-Axle System, axleswing arms have a removable rectangularplastic cap exposing a slot to accommodateretro-fit brackets for the Octagon ShockAbsorbers. (See Accessory Price List). DeltaAxles have Shock Absorbers fitted asstandard which MUST NOT BE REMOVED.

StabilisersAL-KO overruns can be fitted with a range ofAL-KO Stabiliser devices (if not already fittedas standard), dependent on the maximumgross weight of the caravan. AL-KOstabilisers operate on a friction type basis,whereby friction pads grip onto a dry,grease free towball. It is important to notethat the AKS range of stabilisers are suitablefor use with swan neck, fixed or detachabletype towbars or the special AL-KO ExtendedNeck Bolt-On Towball. We do not approvethe use of any other bolt-on type towball,other than the AL-KO Towball. Failure to use

the correct towball may result in productfailure and will invalid your warranty.

The AKS range is available in three differentmodels: The AKS 1300 is suitable for caravansup to a maximum gross weight of 1360 Kg,the AKS 2700 up to 2700 Kg and the newAKS 3004 up to 2000 Kg. Each Stabiliser canalso be retro-fitted with an AL-KO SecurityDevice and Safety ball, to ensure maximumtheft Deterrent (please see our accessory pricelist for further details). All ‘Red’ coloured AL-KO Security Devices have full TUV and SoldSecure Approvals and are available from mostgood caravan dealers or direct from AL-KOMail Order on 0800 074 4334.

Road Wheels

In most instances the road wheels and tyres

are supplied by the Caravan Manufacturer.The condition of wheels and tyres should bechecked regularly, particularly for distortionof flanges and the wheel dish. Wheels thatare damaged or distorted, or have wheel boltseatings cracked or deformed must not berepaired or used in service - these mustbe replaced.

Important: Standard AL-KO caravan chassisuse M12 wheel bolts. These must alwaysonly be tightened to the correct torquesetting:

- Steel wheels 88 Nm (65 lbs/ft)

- Alloy wheels 115 Nm (85 lbs/ft)

in sequence, (i.e. North, South, East, West);NEVER clock or anti-clockwise. ALWAYSuse a calibrated torque wrench, do notuse a corner steady brace, power or electricwrench. It is as dangerous to overtightenwheel bolts as it is to not tighten themsufficiently.

Important: The torque settings should be re-checked after 50 Km.

If other wheel bolts are used please ensurethe torque settings are as follows:

M10 - 49 Nm (36 ft. lb)

M14 - 135 Nm (99.5 ft. lb)

M16 - 210 Nm (155 ft. lb)

Special Note -Aluminium WheelsFor aluminium wheels use M12 x 1.5 pitch 26mm

176

AKS 1300 &Security Device

AKS 2700 &Security Device

AKS 3004 &Security Device

Page 176: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

thread length 10.9 Grade 60° conical fixing.

The standard M12 x 1.5 60° Conical Wheelbolts are NOT SUITABLE for aluminium wheelrims. Special wheel bolts should be used.

JacksThe Corner Steadies Should never beused to jack up the caravan. When jackingbecomes necessary use the AL-KO Side LiftJack or 2-Tonne Jack system.

NOTE: It is essential that the car andcaravan are hitched together beforecommencing jacking. All AL-KO chassisfrom 1992 onwards have 2 holes punched inthe chassis members, each side (rear of theaxle); to accept the brackets for the Jack(s).(See Accessory Price List).

Corner Steadies may be used for stability ONLY,when the caravan is in the jacked position.

The caravan should never be lifted byjacking up under the chassis member.

If working under the caravan in an elevatedposition, axle stands must be used for

safety. Wheel chocks for the oppositewheel(s) are also advisable.

Jockey Wheel

Lubricate screwthread and wheelspindle periodically.

Spare WheelCarriers

Each caravan has aset of punched holesin the chassismember to facilitatethe fitting of a sparewheel carrier. Theassembly is of astrong, lightweightconstruction and zinc plated for all-weatherprotection.

There are 3 variants to suit most AL-KOchassis (record your tyre size on this bookletfor future reference).

The carriers can be fitted for left or righthand operation and are easy to fit.

The telescopic frame tubes should belubricated periodically.

Maintenance

177

Side Lift Jack 2-Tonne Jack

RECORD YOUR SPARE WHEEL CARRIER INFORMATION HERE:Caravan Make (eg Abbey) .........................

Caravan Model (eg Spectrum 520) .....................................

Year of Manufacture ..................................

Tyre Size (eg 175R 14 99)..........................

Dimension ‘X’ in mm .................................(taken from following diagram)

Page 177: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

GENERALDATA

Fault Finding ......................................................................... 180Water .................................................................................. 180Gas ..................................................................................... 182Cassette Toilet .................................................................... 183

Useful Information ............................................................... 184Owners Club ...................................................................... 184Spares and After Sales ...................................................... 184Repair Facilities .................................................................. 184Caravan Clubs......................................................................185Motoring Associations .........................................................185Trade Association.................................................................185CRIS .....................................................................................185Notification of Change of Ownership.................................. 189

Page 178: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Water not flowing fromany tap when operatedbut pump runs

Problem

Freshwater tank empty Check

Pump wired in reverse Check wiring, refer to pump manufacturers instructions

Pump not primed Refer to pump manufacturers instructions

Pipe inlet or outlet pipe disconnected Check connections

Pump pipes restricted by kinking Check pipes run

Blockage in pump inlet or outlet pipe Check, starting inside freshwater tank

Blocked in-line filter of pump filter Dismantle and clean

Air leak in suction line to pump Check for bubbles & secure with clip

Possible Cause Remedy

Pump does not run Pump or tap incorrectly wired Refer to pump/tap manufacturers instructions

Pump fuse blown Check wiring connection and then replace with fuse of correct rating

Battery disconnected Check connections

Pump seized or overheated Refer to pump manufacturers servicing instructions

Pressure pump sensing switch may have failed Refer to pump manufacturers servicing instructions

Contacts may be faulty Check contacts in plug and socket are clean and making contact

Wiring connections may be faulty Check wiring connections

On switched tap version, microswitch could be faulty Disconnect wires from microswitch and join together. If the pump operates, microswitch should be replaced

Water flows from cold tapbut not from hot

Feed pipe to water heater incorrectly connected to Refer to installation instructionsthe heater outlet

Blockage in hot pipeline Disconnect pipes and inspect

Heater inlet or outlet pipes kinked preventing flow Check and re-route if necessary. Ensure that hose is Carverrecommended type

Hot tap not connected Refer to installation manual

Hot tap failed or blocked Disconnect and inspect

Heater non-return valve jammed Seek service attention

Fault Finding

WATER

180

Page 179: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fault Finding

181

Problem Possible Cause Remedy

Water flows from hot tapbut has reduced flow fromcold

Cold water pipe kinked preventing flow Check and re-route if necessary

Blockage in cold pipe line Disconnect pipes after 1st Y connector and check up to tap

Cold tap not connected Refer to installation instructions

Cold tap failed or blocked Disconnect and inspect

If a water filter is fitted, the cartridge is exhausted Replace cartridge

Reduced flow from bothhot and cold taps

Battery condition low causing pump to run slowly Check battery state of charge, refer to electrical supply note

If new taps have been fitted they may be restricting flow Disconnect and check that they have at least 1/4" (6.3mm) bore

Pump needs servicing Refer to pump servicing instructions

Partially blocked pump filter or in-line filter, if fitted Dismantle and clean if necessary

Pump outlet pipe kinked restricting flow Check and re-route if necessary

Water leak Check all water connections

Reduced flow fromeither tap

Y’ connector(s) fitted incorrectly Refer to installation instructions

Pipe kinking restricting flow Check and re-route if necessary

Bore size difference in taps Use taps of equal bore size

WATER (continued)

Warm water flows out ofcold tap

Hot water back-feeding into cold line, usually if mixer Fit non-return valve in cold supply, near taptap or single outlet hot and cold taps being used

If pump motor runssteadily and will not stop

Battery voltage may be too low (below 10.5 volts) Check that there is water in the container

Adjust switch and/or re-charge battery

Check all connections in pipework

Page 180: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Fault Finding

182

Hob does not light No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to hob manufacturers instructions

Oven does not light No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to oven manufacturers instructions

Space heater or centralheating

No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are onCheck exhaust outlet is clear

Over gassed Turn off appliance, wait 2 minutes and try againAir in pipe Purge system

Refer to space heater or central heating boiler manufacturers instructions

GAS

Fridge does not light No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to fridge manufacturers instructions

Water heater does notlight

No gas Check level of gas in bottleCheck gas bottle valve is onCheck gas taps are on

Air in pipe Purge systemRefer to water heater manufacturers instructions

Problem Possible Cause Remedy

Page 181: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Problem

Fault Finding

183

Bowl does not drain whentoilet is flushed.

Cassette is overfilled

DO NOT REMOVE CASSETTE. While inside the caravan turn flush knob anti-clockwise to open valve blade andleave it in the open position.Open access door on side of caravan. Rotate pour-out spout outward. Place appropriate size container under spout cap. Remove cap carefully. Allow bowl contents to drain into container. This will lower the water level in the bowl.Replace cap and return pour-out spout to stored position. DO NOT REMOVE CASSETTE.Go inside the caravan and turn the flush knob clockwise to close valve blade. Now, the cassette may be removed following the normal removal and emptying procedure.

Odours Use proper amount of holding tank deodourant specified on bottle.

CASSETTE TOILET

Toilet tissue does not fitinto compartment.

Since some tissues are supplied on larger rolls, it may be necessary to use some tissue before storing into compartment.

Soiled bowl after flushing Partially fill bowl to cover soiled portion of bowl. Next flush will dissolve waste. Tip: Leave valve blade open during use.

No power to add water totoilet bowl

Check cassette safety sensor switch and fuse-holder for proper engagement and operation.Note: Cassette has to be removed to reach switch and fuse.Insert cassette and try adding water to toilet bowl.Toilet can be flushed manually. Add water. Add water to bowl from a separate container. Turn flush knob anti-clockwise to open valve blade. Turn clockwise to close valve blade.

Cassette cannot beremoved

Check for obstacles under retaining clip. Depress retaining clip several times to check operation. Remove cassette.Flush knob and valve blade in partial open position. Close valve blade by moving knob clockwise.CAUTION: If valve blade is open during cassette removal, severe damage to system can occur. Never force insertion or removal of the cassette tank.

Valve blade mechanismsticks or is hard to open

Spray light film of silicone on blade.

Major unit malfunction Contact your original Caravan Dealer.

Remedy

Page 182: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Useful InformationOWNERS CLUBThe Owners Club is a completelyindependent organisation run for the benefitof the caravan owners. They have numerousrallies during the year in various parts of thecountry and every third year there is a‘Works Rally’ where owners have theopportunity to visit the factory. Apart fromthe friendliness and companionship the Clubgenerates it is also actively engaged incharity work for those less fortunate thanourselves. The address of the Secretary ofthe Owners Club can be obtained fromSupercare (SML Ltd), Tel: 01482 875740 orfrom the Swift Group website.

SPARES AND AFTER SALESSUPERCAREThere are numerous items available fromyour dealer ranging from door catchesthrough to spare wheels and touch-uppaints. Please note that all after salesenquiries must be directed through yoursupplying dealer. The after sales service atthe factory is geared to support our dealernetwork as is the service provided byappliance manufacturers.

In the interest of safety, replacement partsfor an appliance shall conform to theappliance manufacturers specifications andshould be fitted by them or their authorisedagents.

Note: Please remember to quote chassisnumber when ordering any items from yourdealer.

Customer CareTel: 01482 875740Fax: 01482 840082

NOTE:The times for contacting Customer Care bytelephone are:

9am to 4pm Monday to Thursday.9am to 12.45pm Friday.

Swift Group Websitewww.swiftleisure.co.uk

Swift Group E-Mail [email protected]

REPAIR FACILITIESShould you be unfortunate enough to suffera major accident with your caravan it iscomforting to know that we have acompletely separate repair shop facilitywhere their fully trained experts will undertake all types of major damage repair work.

Repairs of a minor nature should be referredfirst to your local dealer.

184

Page 183: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Useful InformationThe enjoyment of caravanning can be greatly enhanced by membership of one ormore of the various caravanning, motoringand holiday clubs. Here are some usefuladdresses:

CARAVAN CLUBS

The Caravan Club,East Grinstead House,East GrinsteadWest Sussex, RH19 IUATel: 01342 326944www.caravanclub.co.uk

The Camping and Caravanning Club,Greenfields House,Westwood Way,Coventry,West Midlands.Tel: 0845 130 7631www.campingandcaravanningclub.co.uk

MOTORING ASSOCIATIONS

Automobile Association (AA)Fanum House,Basingstoke,Hants. RG1 2EATel: 0990 448866www.theaa.co.uke-mail: [email protected]

RAC Motoring ServicesRAC House,M1 Cross,Brent Terrace,London, NW2 1BXTel: 0990 722722www.rac.co.uk

Green Flag National BreakdownPO Box 300,1, Cote Lane,Leeds, LS99 2LZTel: 0345 670345

TRADE ASSOCIATION

National Caravan CouncilCatherine House,Victoria Road,Aldershot,Hampshire, GU11 1SSTel: 01252 318251www.martex.co.uk/ncce-mail: [email protected]

CRIS

HPI EquifaxDolphin House,New Street,Salisbury,Wiltshire SP1 2TBTel: 01722 411430/422422

Swift Group LimitedDunswell Road, Cottingham,East Yorkshire HU16 4JXTel: (01482) 875740e-mail: [email protected] site: www.swiftleisure.co.uk

© 2007 SWIFT GROUP LTD

185

Page 184: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

186

Page 185: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

Index

A Accessories .................................. 176Aftersales...................................... 184Air Conditioning............................ 142Alarm System ................................. 74Alde Heating System...................... 85AL-KO Running Gear ................... 155Arrival on Site ................................. 31Ash Framed Doors ....................... 147Awnings ........................................ 148

B Barbeque Point ............................ 130Battery....................................... 67-70Bedding ........................................ 134Blinds............................................ 138Blizzard Air Conditioners.............. 142Brake Linkages............................. 160Braking System ............................ 159Breakaway Cable ........................... 27Bunks ........................................... 135

C Caravan Clubs.............................. 185Caravan Terms ............................... 12Carbon monoxide alarm..................35Cassette Toilets ............................ 121CD/MP3/Tuner...............................132Change of Ownership .................. 189Chassis Number............................. 36Children .......................................... 36Corner Steadies ............................. 22CRIS ............................................. 185

D DoorsEntrance.................................... 137Ash Framed............................... 147

Doorscreen ................................... 137Driving Licence............................... 15

E Electrical Control Panels ................ 58Electricity Supply............................ 53

Arrival on Site.............................. 53Consumption Figures.................. 56Generator .................................... 71Mains Inlet Cable ........................ 55Overseas Connections................ 54Power supply units ..................... 66

Escape Paths ................................. 35

F Fault Finding................................. 180AL-KO Running Gear ................ 174Cassette Toilet .......................... 183Gas............................................ 182Water......................................... 180

Fire ................................................. 34Fire Extinguisher............................. 35Flyscreens .................................... 137Fumes............................................. 36Fuses (12V) Module................... 61,63

G Gas Supply..................................... 50Butane......................................... 50Connection.................................. 52Fault Finding ............................. 182Flue Installations ......................... 52Gas Bottles ................................. 50Hoses .......................................... 50Precautions ................................. 51Propane....................................... 51Regulator..................................... 50Safety Advice .............................. 51Ventilation.................................... 52

Generator Guidelines ..................... 71Glossary and Checklist .................. 15Grill ............................................... 112

H Habitation Relay ............................. 66Handling ......................................... 29Heating ........................................... 79Heki Rooflight............................... 138Hob............................................... 111Hotplates ...................................... 112

I Inboard Water Tanks ...................... 45Insurance........................................ 37

J Jacking Points ................................ 31Jockey Wheel ............................... 177

L Levelling ......................................... 31Loading and Distribution of Weight 18

M Maintenance................................. 149Exterior...................................... 150Interior ....................................... 152Modifications/DIY...................... 150Winterisation/Storage ............... 153

Microwave Oven........................... 117Mirrors ............................................ 28Motoring Associations.................. 185Motorway Driving ........................... 29Moving Off...................................... 28

N Noseweight..................................... 15

O Omnivent Rooflight....................... 141Oven ............................................. 113Overseas Electrical Connections ... 54Owners Club................................. 184

P Passengers..................................... 27Preparing for the Road................... 18

Loading & Distribution of Weight 18Other Considerations.................. 17Pre-load Checklist....................... 18Pre-tow Checklist and

Hitch-up AK3004 stabiliser...... 22Hitch-up AK160 coupling .........24

Stability ....................................... 19Towing Vehicle - Rear

Suspension .............................. 19Pullman Bunks ............................. 135

R Reading Lamp (12V) ..................... 148Refrigerators Thetford Absorber .. 102Repair Facilities ............................ 184Reversing........................................ 29Road Lighting ................................. 26Rooflights ..................................... 137

S Safety and Security ........................ 33Satellite monitoring system.............38Security ..................................... 36-37Service/Inspection Record............ 6-8Services.......................................... 39

Electricity..................................... 53Gas.............................................. 50Water........................................... 40

Shock Absorbers.......................... 176Shower ......................................... 148Smoke Alarm.................................. 34Solar Panel ..................................... 70Space Heaters................................ 79Spares and After Sales................. 184Speed Limits .................................. 29Spinflo oven...................................115

Stability........................................... 19Stopping on a Hill........................... 31Stoves Hobs, Grills and Ovens .... 111

T Tables ........................................... 147TEB Fan.......................................... 82Thermal Insulation .......................... 52TP 5000 Thermostat....................... 83Thetford Absorber Refrigerator .... 102Thetford Cassette C-200.............. 121Thetford Cassette C-250...............125Towing Code .................................. 12Towing Vehicle Terms ..................... 13Trade Associations ....................... 185Transformer/Charger Unit............... 68Truma Space Heaters..................... 79Truma Ultraheat Heating ................ 82Truma Ultrastore Water Heater....... 76TV aerials...................................... 133TV Inlet ......................................... 131TV - LCD/DVD/CD/MP3/DVB........132Tyres ............................................... 20

V Ventilation ....................................... 36

W Water .............................................. 40Cleaning Portable water tanks.... 48Heater ......................................... 76Pumps......................................... 41Tanks and Systems..................... 45

Warranty ........................................... 2Weights........................................... 12Wheels............................................ 22

Changing..................................... 30Rims ............................................ 22Torque ......................................... 30

Windows....................................... 137Winter Maintenance

and Storage .............................. 153

187

Page 186: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

188

Page 187: HAPPY CARAVANNING! APPOINTED DEALER. INVESTMENT. …assets.swiftgroup.co.uk/uploads/HandBooks/caravans... · 2015-10-08 · general idea of the caravan. Changing market and supply

DETAILS OF CARAVAN: Model:

Chassis No:

CURRENT OWNER: Name:

Address:

NEW OWNER: Name:

Address:

Ownership

NOTIFICATION OF CHANGE OF OWNERSHIPIf you sell your caravan, please notify the change of ownership by completing this page, detaching it and sending it to:

Swift Group Ltd., Dunswell Road, Cottingham, East Yorkshire, HU16 4JX.

Please note that the benefit of any unexpired warranty cannot be transferred to the new owner until the change of ownership details above have been received.

189